1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 168 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 169 continue; 170 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 171 } 172 if (BaseRD) { 173 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 174 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 175 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 176 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 177 } 178 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 179 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 183 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 184 break; 185 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 186 break; 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 } 191 192 return FoundTypeDecl; 193 } 194 195 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 196 const IdentifierInfo &II, 197 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 198 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 199 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 201 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 203 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 204 DC = DC->getParent()) { 205 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 206 // templates. 207 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 208 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 209 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 210 } 211 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 212 return nullptr; 213 214 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 215 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 216 // lookup during template instantiation. 217 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 218 219 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 220 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 221 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 222 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 223 224 CXXScopeSpec SS; 225 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 227 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 228 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 229 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 230 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 231 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 232 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 233 } 234 235 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 236 /// return the declaration of that type. 237 /// 238 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 239 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 240 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 241 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 242 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 243 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 244 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 245 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 246 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 247 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 248 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 249 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 250 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 251 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 252 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 253 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 254 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 256 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 257 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 258 259 if (!LookupCtx) { 260 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 261 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 262 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 263 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 264 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 265 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 266 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 267 // 268 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 269 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 270 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 271 return nullptr; 272 273 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 274 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 275 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 276 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 277 278 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 279 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 280 II, NameLoc); 281 return ParsedType::make(T); 282 } 283 284 return nullptr; 285 } 286 287 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 288 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 289 return nullptr; 290 } 291 292 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 293 // lookup for class-names. 294 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 295 LookupOrdinaryName; 296 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 297 if (LookupCtx) { 298 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 299 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 300 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 301 // nested-name-specifier. 302 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 303 304 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 305 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 306 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 307 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 308 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 309 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 310 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 311 LookupName(Result, S); 312 } 313 } else { 314 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 315 LookupName(Result, S); 316 317 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 318 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 319 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 320 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 321 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 322 return TypeInBase; 323 } 324 } 325 326 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 327 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 328 case LookupResult::NotFound: 329 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 330 if (CorrectedII) { 331 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 332 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 333 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 334 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 335 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 336 TemplateTy Template; 337 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 338 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 339 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 340 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 341 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 342 if (SS && NNS) { 343 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 344 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 345 } 346 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 347 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 348 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 349 // is handled elsewhere). 350 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 351 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 352 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 353 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 354 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 355 IsCtorOrDtorName, 356 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 357 if (Ty) { 358 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 359 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 360 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 361 if (SS && NNS) 362 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 363 *CorrectedII = NewII; 364 return Ty; 365 } 366 } 367 } 368 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 369 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 370 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 371 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 372 return nullptr; 373 374 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 375 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 376 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 377 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 378 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 379 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 380 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 381 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 382 return nullptr; 383 } 384 385 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 386 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 387 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 388 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 389 if (!IIDecl || 390 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 391 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 392 IIDecl = *Res; 393 } 394 } 395 396 if (!IIDecl) { 397 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 398 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 399 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 400 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 401 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 402 // a type name. 403 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 404 return nullptr; 405 } 406 407 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 408 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 409 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 410 // perform the name lookup again. 411 break; 412 413 case LookupResult::Found: 414 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 415 break; 416 } 417 418 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 419 420 QualType T; 421 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 422 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 423 424 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 425 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 426 427 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 428 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 429 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 430 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 431 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 432 // Construct a type with type-source information. 433 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 434 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 435 436 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 437 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 438 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 439 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 440 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 441 } else { 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 } 444 } 445 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 446 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 447 if (!HasTrailingDot) 448 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 449 } 450 451 if (T.isNull()) { 452 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 453 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 454 return nullptr; 455 } 456 return ParsedType::make(T); 457 } 458 459 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 460 static NestedNameSpecifier * 461 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 462 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 463 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 464 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 465 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 467 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 468 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 469 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 470 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 471 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 472 } 473 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 474 } 475 476 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 477 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 478 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 479 /// correctly rejects. 480 static const CXXRecordDecl * 481 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 482 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 483 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 484 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 485 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 486 return MD->getParent(); 487 } 488 return nullptr; 489 } 490 491 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 492 SourceLocation NameLoc, 493 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 494 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 495 496 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 497 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 498 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 499 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 500 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 501 // lookup is retried. 502 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 503 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 504 // name specifiers. 505 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 506 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 507 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 508 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 509 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 510 // instantiation time. 511 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 512 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 513 514 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 515 // template instantiation. 516 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 517 << RD; 518 } else { 519 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 520 return ParsedType(); 521 } 522 523 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 524 525 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 526 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 527 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 528 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 529 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 530 531 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 532 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 533 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 534 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 535 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 536 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 537 } 538 539 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 540 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 541 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 542 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 543 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 544 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 545 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 546 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 547 LookupName(R, S, false); 548 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 549 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 550 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 551 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 552 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 553 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 554 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 555 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 556 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 557 } 558 } 559 560 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 561 } 562 563 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 564 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 565 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 566 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 567 /// @code 568 /// template<class T> class A { 569 /// public: 570 /// typedef int TYPE; 571 /// }; 572 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 573 /// public: 574 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 575 /// }; 576 /// @endcode 577 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 578 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 579 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 580 return true; 581 582 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 583 584 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 585 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 586 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 587 return true; 588 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 589 } 590 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 591 } 592 593 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 594 SourceLocation IILoc, 595 Scope *S, 596 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 597 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 598 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 599 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 600 SuggestedType = nullptr; 601 602 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 603 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 604 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 605 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 606 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 607 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 608 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 609 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 610 // We corrected to a keyword. 611 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 612 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 613 } else { 614 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 615 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 616 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 617 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 619 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 620 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 621 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 624 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 625 } else { 626 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 627 } 628 629 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 630 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 631 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 632 SourceRange(IILoc)); 633 SuggestedType = 634 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 635 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 636 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 637 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 638 } 639 return; 640 } 641 642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 643 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 644 UnqualifiedId Name; 645 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 646 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 647 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 648 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 649 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 650 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 651 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 652 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 653 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 654 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 655 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 656 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 657 } 658 return; 659 } 660 } 661 662 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 663 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 664 665 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 666 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 667 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 668 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 669 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 670 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 671 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 672 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 673 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 674 675 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 676 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 677 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 678 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 679 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 680 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 681 } else { 682 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 683 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 684 } 685 } 686 687 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 688 /// or 689 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 690 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 691 NextToken.is(tok::less); 692 693 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 694 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 695 return true; 696 697 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 698 return true; 699 } 700 701 return false; 702 } 703 704 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 705 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 706 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 707 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 708 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 710 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 711 StringRef FixItTagName; 712 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 713 case TTK_Class: 714 FixItTagName = "class "; 715 break; 716 717 case TTK_Enum: 718 FixItTagName = "enum "; 719 break; 720 721 case TTK_Struct: 722 FixItTagName = "struct "; 723 break; 724 725 case TTK_Interface: 726 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 727 break; 728 729 case TTK_Union: 730 FixItTagName = "union "; 731 break; 732 } 733 734 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 735 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 736 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 737 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 738 739 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 740 I != IEnd; ++I) 741 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 742 << Name << TagName; 743 744 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 745 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 746 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 747 return true; 748 } 749 750 return false; 751 } 752 753 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 754 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 755 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 756 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 757 758 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 759 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 760 761 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 762 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 763 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 764 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 765 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 766 } 767 768 Sema::NameClassification 769 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 770 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 771 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 772 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 773 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 774 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 775 776 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 777 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 778 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 779 } 780 781 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 782 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 783 784 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 785 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 786 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 787 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 788 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 789 return TypeInBase; 790 } 791 792 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 793 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 794 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 795 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 796 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 797 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 798 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 799 return E; 800 } 801 802 bool SecondTry = false; 803 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 804 805 Corrected: 806 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 807 case LookupResult::NotFound: 808 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 809 // call. 810 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 811 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 812 // FIXME: Reference? 813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 814 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 815 816 // C90 6.3.2.2: 817 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 818 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 819 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 820 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 821 // the function call, the declaration 822 // 823 // extern int identifier (); 824 // 825 // appeared. 826 // 827 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 828 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 829 Result.addDecl(D); 830 Result.resolveKind(); 831 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 832 } 833 } 834 835 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 836 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 837 // "struct", or "union". 838 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 839 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 840 break; 841 } 842 843 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 844 // close to this name. 845 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 846 SecondTry = true; 847 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 848 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 849 &SS, std::move(CCC), 850 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 851 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 852 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 853 854 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 855 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 856 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 857 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 858 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 859 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 860 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 861 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 862 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 863 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 866 } 867 868 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 869 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 870 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 871 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 872 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 873 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 874 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 875 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 876 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 877 } 878 879 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 880 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 881 882 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 883 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 884 return Name; 885 886 // Also update the LookupResult... 887 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 888 Result.clear(); 889 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 890 if (FirstDecl) 891 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 892 893 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 894 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 895 // reference the ivar. 896 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 897 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 898 Result.clear(); 899 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 900 return E; 901 } 902 903 goto Corrected; 904 } 905 } 906 907 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 908 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 909 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 910 911 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 912 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 913 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 914 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 915 916 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 917 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 918 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 919 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 920 // qualified by the keyword typename. 921 // 922 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 923 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 924 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 925 // keyword here. 926 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 927 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 928 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 929 } 930 931 case LookupResult::Found: 932 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 933 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 934 break; 935 936 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 938 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 939 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 940 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 941 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 942 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 943 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 944 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 945 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 946 // ambiguous. 947 // 948 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 949 // so try again after filtering out template names. 950 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 951 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 952 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 953 break; 954 } 955 } 956 957 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 958 return NameClassification::Error(); 959 } 960 961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 962 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 963 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 964 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 965 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 966 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 967 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 968 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 969 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 970 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 971 972 if (!Result.empty()) { 973 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 974 bool IsVarTemplate; 975 TemplateName Template; 976 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 977 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 978 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 979 Result.end()); 980 } else { 981 TemplateDecl *TD 982 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 983 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 984 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 985 986 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 987 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 988 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 989 TD); 990 else 991 Template = TemplateName(TD); 992 } 993 994 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 995 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 996 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 997 // to based on which function we selected. 998 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 999 1000 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1001 } 1002 1003 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1004 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1005 } 1006 } 1007 1008 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1009 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1010 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1011 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1012 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1013 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1014 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1015 return ParsedType::make(T); 1016 } 1017 1018 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1019 if (!Class) { 1020 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1021 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1022 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1023 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1024 } 1025 1026 if (Class) { 1027 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1028 1029 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1030 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1031 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1032 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1033 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1034 } 1035 1036 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1037 return ParsedType::make(T); 1038 } 1039 1040 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1041 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1042 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1043 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1044 1045 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1046 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1047 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1048 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1049 (NextIsOp && 1050 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1051 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1052 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1053 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1054 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1055 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1056 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1057 return ParsedType::make(T); 1058 } 1059 1060 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1061 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1062 nullptr, S); 1063 1064 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1065 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1066 } 1067 1068 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1069 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1070 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1071 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1072 1073 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1074 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1075 // the context we'll need to return to. 1076 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1077 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1078 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1079 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1080 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1081 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1082 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1083 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1084 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1085 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1086 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1087 1088 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1089 // lexical context. 1090 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1091 return DC; 1092 1093 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1094 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1095 // class is the context we need to return to. 1096 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1097 DC = RD; 1098 1099 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1100 // declared in. 1101 return DC; 1102 } 1103 1104 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1105 } 1106 1107 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1108 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1109 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1110 CurContext = DC; 1111 S->setEntity(DC); 1112 } 1113 1114 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1115 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1116 1117 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1118 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1119 } 1120 1121 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1122 Decl *D) { 1123 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1124 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1125 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1126 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1127 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1128 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1129 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1130 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1131 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1132 return Result; 1133 } 1134 1135 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1136 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1137 } 1138 1139 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1140 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1141 /// 1142 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1143 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1144 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1145 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1146 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1147 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1148 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1149 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1150 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1151 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1152 // namespace. 1153 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1154 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1155 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1156 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1157 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1158 1159 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1160 1161 #ifndef NDEBUG 1162 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1163 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1164 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1165 #endif 1166 1167 CurContext = DC; 1168 S->setEntity(DC); 1169 } 1170 1171 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1172 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1173 1174 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1175 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1176 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1177 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1178 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1179 1180 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1181 // disappear. 1182 } 1183 1184 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1185 // We assume that the caller has already called 1186 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1187 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1188 if (!FD) 1189 return; 1190 1191 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1192 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1193 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1194 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1195 CurContext = FD; 1196 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1197 1198 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1199 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1200 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1201 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1202 S->AddDecl(Param); 1203 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1204 } 1205 } 1206 } 1207 1208 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1209 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1210 // rather than the top-level class. 1211 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1212 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1213 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1214 } 1215 1216 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1217 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1218 /// 1219 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1220 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1221 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1222 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1223 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1224 /// attribute. 1225 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1226 ASTContext &Context) { 1227 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1228 return true; 1229 1230 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1231 return true; 1232 1233 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1234 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1235 } 1236 1237 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1238 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1239 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1240 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1241 // scope. 1242 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1243 S = S->getParent(); 1244 1245 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1246 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1247 // into any context. 1248 if (AddToContext) 1249 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1250 1251 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1252 // are function-local declarations. 1253 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1254 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1255 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1256 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1257 return; 1258 1259 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1260 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1261 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1262 return; 1263 1264 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1265 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1266 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1267 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1268 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1269 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1270 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1271 1272 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1273 break; 1274 } 1275 } 1276 1277 S->AddDecl(D); 1278 1279 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1280 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1281 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1282 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1283 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1284 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1285 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1286 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1287 continue; 1288 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1289 break; 1290 } 1291 1292 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1293 } else { 1294 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1295 } 1296 } 1297 1298 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1299 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1300 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 1303 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1304 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1305 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1306 } 1307 1308 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1309 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1310 do { 1311 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1312 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1313 return S; 1314 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1315 1316 return nullptr; 1317 } 1318 1319 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1320 DeclContext*, 1321 ASTContext&); 1322 1323 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1324 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1325 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1326 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1327 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1328 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1329 while (F.hasNext()) { 1330 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1331 1332 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1333 continue; 1334 1335 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1336 continue; 1337 1338 F.erase(); 1339 } 1340 1341 F.done(); 1342 } 1343 1344 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1345 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1346 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1347 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1348 } 1349 1350 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1351 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1352 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1353 while (F.hasNext()) 1354 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1355 F.erase(); 1356 1357 F.done(); 1358 } 1359 1360 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1361 /// @code 1362 /// class S { 1363 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1364 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1365 /// }; 1366 /// @endcode 1367 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1368 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1369 // the decl here. 1370 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1371 return false; 1372 1373 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1374 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1375 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1376 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1377 return false; 1378 } 1379 1380 // We need this to handle 1381 // 1382 // typedef struct { 1383 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1384 // } A; 1385 // 1386 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1387 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1388 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1389 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1390 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1391 // not. 1392 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1393 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1394 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1395 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1396 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1397 return true; 1398 } 1399 DC = DC->getParent(); 1400 } 1401 1402 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1403 } 1404 1405 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1406 // these semantics. 1407 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1408 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1409 return false; 1410 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1411 } 1412 1413 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1414 assert(D); 1415 1416 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1417 return false; 1418 1419 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1420 // of members of class templates. 1421 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1422 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1426 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1427 return false; 1428 1429 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1430 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1431 return false; 1432 } else { 1433 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1434 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1435 return false; 1436 } 1437 1438 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1439 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1440 return false; 1441 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1442 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1443 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1444 // like "inline".) 1445 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1446 return false; 1447 1448 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1449 return false; 1450 1451 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1452 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1453 return false; 1454 } else { 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 1458 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1459 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1460 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1461 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1462 } 1463 1464 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1465 if (!D) 1466 return; 1467 1468 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1469 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1470 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1471 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1472 } 1473 1474 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1475 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1476 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1477 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1478 } 1479 1480 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1481 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1482 } 1483 1484 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1485 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1486 return false; 1487 1488 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1489 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1493 return true; 1494 1495 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1496 // functions. 1497 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1498 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1499 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1500 WithinFunction = 1501 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1502 if (!WithinFunction) 1503 return false; 1504 1505 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1506 return true; 1507 1508 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1509 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1510 return false; 1511 1512 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1513 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1514 1515 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1516 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1517 1518 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1519 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1520 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1521 return false; 1522 } 1523 1524 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1525 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1526 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1527 return false; 1528 1529 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1530 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1531 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1532 return false; 1533 1534 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1535 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1539 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1540 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1541 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1542 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1543 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1544 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1545 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1546 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1547 return false; 1548 } 1549 } 1550 } 1551 } 1552 1553 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1554 } 1555 1556 return true; 1557 } 1558 1559 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1560 FixItHint &Hint) { 1561 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1562 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1563 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1564 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1565 return; 1566 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1567 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1568 } 1569 } 1570 1571 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1572 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1573 return; 1574 1575 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1576 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1577 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1578 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1579 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1580 } 1581 } 1582 1583 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1584 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1585 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1586 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1587 return; 1588 1589 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1590 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1591 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1592 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1593 return; 1594 } 1595 1596 FixItHint Hint; 1597 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1598 1599 unsigned DiagID; 1600 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1601 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1602 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1603 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1604 else 1605 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1606 1607 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1608 } 1609 1610 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1611 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1612 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1613 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1614 // MS inline assembly label name. 1615 bool Diagnose = false; 1616 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1617 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1618 else 1619 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1620 if (Diagnose) 1621 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1622 } 1623 1624 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1625 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1626 1627 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1628 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1629 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1630 1631 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1632 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1633 1634 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1635 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1636 1637 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1638 1639 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1640 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1641 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1642 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1643 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1644 } 1645 1646 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1647 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1648 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1649 1650 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1651 // already. 1652 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1653 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1654 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1655 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1656 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1657 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1658 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1659 } 1660 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1661 } 1662 } 1663 } 1664 1665 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1666 /// 1667 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1668 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1669 /// to the fixed name. 1670 /// 1671 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1672 /// 1673 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1674 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1675 /// 1676 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1677 /// class could not be found. 1678 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1679 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1680 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1681 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1682 // creation from this context. 1683 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1684 1685 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1686 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1687 // find an Objective-C class name. 1688 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1689 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1690 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1691 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1692 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1693 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1694 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1695 } 1696 } 1697 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1698 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1699 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1700 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1701 return Def; 1702 } 1703 1704 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1705 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1706 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1707 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1708 /// ill-formed in C++: 1709 /// @code 1710 /// struct S6 { 1711 /// enum { BAR } e; 1712 /// }; 1713 /// 1714 /// void test_S6() { 1715 /// struct S6 a; 1716 /// a.e = BAR; 1717 /// } 1718 /// @endcode 1719 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1720 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1721 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1722 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1723 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1724 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1725 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1726 /// contain non-field names. 1727 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1728 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1729 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1730 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1731 S = S->getParent(); 1732 return S; 1733 } 1734 1735 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1736 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1737 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1738 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1739 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1740 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1741 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1742 return; 1743 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1744 1745 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1746 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1747 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1748 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1749 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1750 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1751 } 1752 1753 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1754 switch (Error) { 1755 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1756 return ""; 1757 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1758 return "stdio.h"; 1759 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1760 return "setjmp.h"; 1761 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1762 return "ucontext.h"; 1763 } 1764 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1765 } 1766 1767 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1768 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1769 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1770 /// built-in. 1771 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1772 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1773 SourceLocation Loc) { 1774 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1775 1776 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1777 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1778 if (Error) { 1779 if (ForRedeclaration) 1780 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1781 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1782 return nullptr; 1783 } 1784 1785 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1786 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1787 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1788 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1789 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1790 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1791 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1792 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1793 } 1794 1795 if (R.isNull()) 1796 return nullptr; 1797 1798 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1799 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1800 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1801 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1802 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1803 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1804 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1805 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1806 } 1807 1808 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1809 Parent, 1810 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1811 SC_Extern, 1812 false, 1813 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1814 New->setImplicit(); 1815 1816 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1817 // FunctionDecl. 1818 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1819 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1820 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1821 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1822 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1823 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1824 SC_None, nullptr); 1825 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1826 Params.push_back(parm); 1827 } 1828 New->setParams(Params); 1829 } 1830 1831 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1832 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1833 1834 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1835 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1836 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1837 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1838 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1839 CurContext = Parent; 1840 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1841 CurContext = SavedContext; 1842 return New; 1843 } 1844 1845 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1846 /// entity if their types are the same. 1847 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1848 /// isSameEntity. 1849 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1850 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1851 LookupResult &Previous) { 1852 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1853 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1854 return; 1855 1856 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1857 if (Previous.empty()) 1858 return; 1859 1860 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1861 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1862 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1863 1864 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1865 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1866 continue; 1867 1868 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1869 // different linkages. 1870 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1871 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1872 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1873 continue; 1874 1875 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1876 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1877 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1878 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1879 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1880 continue; 1881 } 1882 1883 Filter.erase(); 1884 } 1885 1886 Filter.done(); 1887 } 1888 1889 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1890 QualType OldType; 1891 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1892 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1893 else 1894 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1895 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1896 1897 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1898 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1899 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1901 << Kind << NewType; 1902 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1905 return true; 1906 } 1907 1908 if (OldType != NewType && 1909 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1910 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1911 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1912 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1914 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1915 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1916 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1917 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1918 return true; 1919 } 1920 return false; 1921 } 1922 1923 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1924 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1925 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1926 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1927 /// 1928 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1929 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1930 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1931 // merging checks. 1932 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1933 1934 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1935 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1936 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1937 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1938 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1939 default: break; 1940 case 2: 1941 { 1942 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1943 break; 1944 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1945 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1946 break; 1947 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1948 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1949 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1950 break; 1951 } 1952 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1953 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1955 return; 1956 } 1957 case 5: 1958 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1959 break; 1960 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1961 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1962 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1963 return; 1964 case 3: 1965 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1966 break; 1967 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1968 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1969 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1970 return; 1971 } 1972 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1973 } 1974 1975 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1976 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1977 if (!Old) { 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 1981 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1982 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1983 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1984 1985 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1986 } 1987 1988 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1989 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1990 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1991 1992 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1993 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1994 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1995 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1996 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1997 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1998 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1999 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2000 // instead of our tag. 2001 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2002 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2003 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2004 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2005 else 2006 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2007 2008 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2009 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2010 2011 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2012 // out of the scope. 2013 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2014 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2015 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2016 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2017 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2018 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2019 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2020 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2021 } 2022 } 2023 } 2024 } 2025 2026 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2027 // with any extensions enabled. 2028 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2029 return; 2030 2031 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2032 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2033 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2034 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2035 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2036 } 2037 2038 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2039 return; 2040 2041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2042 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2043 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2044 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2045 // to the type to which it already refers. 2046 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2047 return; 2048 2049 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2050 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2051 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2052 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2053 // 2054 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2055 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2056 // 2057 // struct S { 2058 // typedef struct A { } A; 2059 // }; 2060 // 2061 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2062 // allow the above but disallow 2063 // 2064 // struct S { 2065 // typedef int I; 2066 // typedef int I; 2067 // }; 2068 // 2069 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2070 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2071 return; 2072 2073 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2074 << New->getDeclName(); 2075 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2076 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2077 } 2078 2079 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2080 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2081 return; 2082 2083 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2084 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2085 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2086 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2087 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2088 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2089 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2090 return; 2091 2092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2093 << New->getDeclName(); 2094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2095 } 2096 2097 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2098 /// attribute. 2099 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2100 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2101 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2102 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2103 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2104 if (Ann) { 2105 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2106 return true; 2107 continue; 2108 } 2109 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2110 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2111 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2112 return true; 2113 } 2114 2115 return false; 2116 } 2117 2118 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2119 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2120 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2121 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2122 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2123 return true; 2124 } 2125 2126 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2127 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2128 /// 2129 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2130 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2131 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2132 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2133 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2134 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2135 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2136 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2137 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2138 // in a case like: 2139 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2140 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2141 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2142 // definition in such a case. 2143 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2144 return false; 2145 2146 if (I->isAlignas()) 2147 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2148 2149 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2150 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2151 OldAlign = Align; 2152 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2153 } 2154 } 2155 2156 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2157 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2158 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2159 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2160 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2161 return false; 2162 2163 if (I->isAlignas()) 2164 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2165 2166 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2167 if (Align > NewAlign) 2168 NewAlign = Align; 2169 } 2170 2171 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2172 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2173 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2174 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2175 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2176 2177 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2178 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2179 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2180 QualType Ty; 2181 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2182 Ty = VD->getType(); 2183 else 2184 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2185 2186 if (OldAlign == 0) 2187 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2188 if (NewAlign == 0) 2189 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2190 } 2191 2192 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2193 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2194 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2195 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2196 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2197 } 2198 } 2199 2200 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2201 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2202 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2203 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2204 // equivalent alignment. 2205 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2206 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2207 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2208 // have no alignment specifier. 2209 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2210 << OldAlignasAttr; 2211 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2212 << OldAlignasAttr; 2213 } 2214 2215 bool AnyAdded = false; 2216 2217 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2218 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2219 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2220 Clone->setInherited(true); 2221 New->addAttr(Clone); 2222 AnyAdded = true; 2223 } 2224 2225 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2226 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2227 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2228 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2229 Clone->setInherited(true); 2230 New->addAttr(Clone); 2231 AnyAdded = true; 2232 } 2233 2234 return AnyAdded; 2235 } 2236 2237 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2238 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2239 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2240 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2241 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2242 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2243 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2244 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2245 AA->getDeprecated(), 2246 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2247 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2248 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2249 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2250 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2252 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2253 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2254 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2255 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2256 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2257 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2258 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2259 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2260 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2261 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2262 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2264 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2265 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2266 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2267 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2268 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2269 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2270 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2271 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2272 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2273 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2274 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2275 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2276 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2277 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2278 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2279 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2280 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2281 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2282 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2283 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2284 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2285 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2286 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2287 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2288 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2289 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2290 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2291 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2292 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2293 NewAttr = nullptr; 2294 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2295 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2296 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2297 NewAttr = nullptr; 2298 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2299 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2300 2301 if (NewAttr) { 2302 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2303 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2304 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2305 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2306 return true; 2307 } 2308 2309 return false; 2310 } 2311 2312 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2313 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2314 return TD->getDefinition(); 2315 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2316 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2317 if (Def) 2318 return Def; 2319 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2320 } 2321 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2322 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2323 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2324 return Def; 2325 } 2326 return nullptr; 2327 } 2328 2329 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2330 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2331 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2332 return true; 2333 return false; 2334 } 2335 2336 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2337 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2338 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2339 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2340 return; 2341 2342 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2343 if (!Def || Def == New) 2344 return; 2345 2346 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2347 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2348 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2349 2350 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2351 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2352 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2353 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2354 2355 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2356 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2357 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2358 --E; 2359 continue; 2360 } 2361 } else { 2362 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2363 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2364 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2365 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2366 : diag::err_redefinition; 2367 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2368 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2369 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2370 } 2371 ++I; 2372 continue; 2373 } 2374 2375 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2376 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2377 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2378 ++I; 2379 continue; 2380 } 2381 } 2382 2383 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2384 ++I; 2385 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2386 } 2387 2388 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2389 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2390 ++I; 2391 continue; 2392 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2393 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2394 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2395 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2396 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2397 // equivalent alignment. 2398 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2399 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2400 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2401 // have no alignment specifier. 2402 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2403 << AA; 2404 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2405 << AA; 2406 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2407 --E; 2408 continue; 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2413 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2414 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2415 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2416 --E; 2417 } 2418 } 2419 2420 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2421 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2422 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2423 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2424 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2425 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2426 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2427 } 2428 2429 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2430 return; 2431 2432 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2433 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2434 2435 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2436 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2437 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2438 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2439 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2440 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2441 } 2442 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2443 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2444 // already been ODR-used. 2445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2446 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2447 } 2448 } 2449 2450 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2451 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2452 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2453 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2454 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2455 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2456 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2457 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2458 << NewTag; 2459 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2460 } 2461 } 2462 } else { 2463 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2464 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2465 } 2466 } 2467 2468 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2469 return; 2470 2471 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2472 2473 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2474 // we process them. 2475 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2476 2477 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2478 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2479 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2480 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2481 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2482 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2483 switch (AMK) { 2484 case AMK_None: 2485 continue; 2486 2487 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2488 case AMK_Override: 2489 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2490 LocalAMK = AMK; 2491 break; 2492 } 2493 } 2494 2495 // Already handled. 2496 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2497 continue; 2498 2499 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2500 foundAny = true; 2501 } 2502 2503 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2504 foundAny = true; 2505 2506 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2507 } 2508 2509 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2510 /// to the new one. 2511 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2512 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2513 Sema &S) { 2514 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2515 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2516 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2517 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2518 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2519 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2520 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2521 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2522 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2523 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2524 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2525 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2526 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2527 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2528 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2529 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2530 } 2531 2532 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2533 return; 2534 2535 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2536 2537 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2538 // done before we process them. 2539 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2540 2541 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2542 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2543 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2544 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2545 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2546 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2547 foundAny = true; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2552 } 2553 2554 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2555 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2556 Sema &S) { 2557 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2558 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2559 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2560 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2561 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2562 *Newnullability, 2563 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2564 != 0)) 2565 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2566 *Oldnullability, 2567 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2568 != 0)); 2569 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2570 } 2571 } else { 2572 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2573 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2574 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2575 NewT, NewT); 2576 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2577 } 2578 } 2579 } 2580 2581 namespace { 2582 2583 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2584 /// C. 2585 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2586 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2587 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2588 QualType PromotedType; 2589 }; 2590 2591 } // end anonymous namespace 2592 2593 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2594 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2595 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2596 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2597 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2598 2599 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2600 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2601 2602 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2603 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2604 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2605 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2606 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2607 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2608 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2609 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2610 } 2611 2612 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2613 } 2614 2615 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2616 // declaration, or a declaration. 2617 template <typename T> 2618 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2619 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2620 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2621 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2622 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2623 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2624 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2625 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2626 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2627 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2628 } else 2629 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2630 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2631 } 2632 2633 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2634 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2635 /// GNU89 mode. 2636 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2637 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2638 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2639 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2640 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2641 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2642 } 2643 2644 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2645 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2646 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2647 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2648 return AT; 2649 } 2650 2651 template <typename T> 2652 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2653 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2654 if (DC->isRecord()) 2655 return false; 2656 2657 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2658 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2659 return true; 2660 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2661 return true; 2662 return false; 2663 } 2664 2665 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2666 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2667 2668 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2669 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2670 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2671 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2672 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2673 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2674 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2675 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2676 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2677 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2678 // and function templates; or 2679 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2680 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2681 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2682 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2683 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2684 2685 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2686 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2687 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2688 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2689 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2690 2691 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2692 if (Old && 2693 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2694 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2695 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2696 Old = nullptr; 2697 2698 if (!Old) { 2699 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2700 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2701 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2702 return true; 2703 } 2704 return false; 2705 } 2706 2707 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2708 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2709 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2710 2711 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2712 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2713 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2714 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2715 return true; 2716 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2717 }; 2718 2719 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2720 } 2721 2722 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2723 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2724 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2725 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2726 /// 2727 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2728 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2729 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2730 /// merged with. 2731 /// 2732 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2733 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2734 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2735 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2736 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2737 if (!Old) { 2738 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2739 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2741 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2742 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2743 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2744 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2745 return true; 2746 } 2747 2748 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2749 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2750 return true; 2751 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2752 } else { 2753 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2754 << New->getDeclName(); 2755 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2756 return true; 2757 } 2758 } 2759 2760 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2761 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2762 return true; 2763 2764 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2765 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2766 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2767 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2768 2769 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2770 // is an extern inline function. 2771 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2772 // storage classes. 2773 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2774 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2775 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2776 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2777 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2778 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2780 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2781 } else { 2782 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2783 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2789 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2791 << New->getDeclName(); 2792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2793 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2794 } 2795 2796 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2797 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2798 // convention of the first. 2799 // 2800 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2801 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2802 // 2803 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2804 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2805 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2806 // 2807 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2808 // other tests to run. 2809 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2810 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2811 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2812 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2813 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2814 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2815 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2816 2817 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2818 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2819 const FunctionType *FT = 2820 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2821 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2822 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2823 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2824 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2825 // there but not here. 2826 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2827 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2828 } else { 2829 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2830 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2832 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2833 << !FirstCCExplicit 2834 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2835 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2836 2837 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2838 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2839 return true; 2840 } 2841 } 2842 2843 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2844 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2845 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2846 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2847 } 2848 2849 // Merge regparm attribute. 2850 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2851 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2852 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2854 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2855 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2856 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2857 return true; 2858 } 2859 2860 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2861 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2862 } 2863 2864 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2865 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2866 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2868 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2869 return true; 2870 } 2871 2872 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2873 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2874 } 2875 2876 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2877 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2878 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2879 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2880 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2881 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2882 } 2883 2884 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2885 // UndefinedButUsed. 2886 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2887 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2888 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2889 Old->isUsed(false) && 2890 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2891 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2892 SourceLocation())); 2893 2894 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2895 // about it. 2896 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2897 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2898 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2899 } 2900 2901 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2902 // redeclaration. 2903 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2904 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2905 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2906 << New->getDeclName(); 2907 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2908 return true; 2909 } 2910 2911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2912 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2913 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2914 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2915 // cannot be overloaded. 2916 2917 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2918 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2919 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2920 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2921 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2922 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2923 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2924 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2925 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2926 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2927 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2928 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2929 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2930 QualType ResQT; 2931 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2932 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2933 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2934 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2935 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2936 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2937 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2938 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2939 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2940 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2941 else 2942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2943 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2944 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2945 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2946 return true; 2947 } 2948 else 2949 NewQType = ResQT; 2950 } 2951 2952 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2953 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2954 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2955 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2956 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2957 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2958 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2959 New->setType( 2960 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2961 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2962 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2963 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2964 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2965 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2966 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2967 } 2968 } 2969 2970 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2971 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2972 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2973 // Preserve triviality. 2974 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2975 2976 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2977 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2978 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2979 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2980 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2981 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2982 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2983 2984 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2985 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2986 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2987 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2988 // is a static member function declaration. 2989 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2990 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2991 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2992 return true; 2993 } 2994 2995 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2996 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2997 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2998 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2999 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3000 unsigned NewDiag; 3001 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3002 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3003 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3004 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3005 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3006 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3007 else 3008 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3009 3010 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3011 } else { 3012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3013 << New << New->getType(); 3014 } 3015 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3016 return true; 3017 3018 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3019 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3020 // 3021 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3022 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3023 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3024 if (isFriend) { 3025 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3026 } else { 3027 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3028 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3029 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3030 return true; 3031 } 3032 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3033 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3034 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3035 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3036 return true; 3037 } 3038 } 3039 3040 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3041 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3042 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3043 // attribute. 3044 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3045 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3046 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3047 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3048 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3049 } 3050 3051 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3052 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3053 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3054 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3055 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3056 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3057 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3058 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3059 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3060 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3061 } 3062 3063 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3064 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3065 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3066 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3067 3068 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3069 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3070 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3071 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3072 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3073 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3074 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3075 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3076 } 3077 3078 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3079 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3080 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3081 // 3082 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3083 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3084 // linkage within class scope. 3085 // 3086 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3087 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3089 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3090 } else { 3091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3092 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3093 return true; 3094 } 3095 } 3096 3097 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3098 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3099 3100 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3101 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3102 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3103 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3104 // when we instantiate the function. 3105 return false; 3106 } 3107 3108 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3109 } 3110 3111 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3112 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3113 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3114 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3115 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3116 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3117 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3118 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3119 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3120 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3121 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3122 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3123 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3124 NewQType = 3125 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3126 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3127 New->setType(NewQType); 3128 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3129 3130 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3131 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3132 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3133 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3134 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3135 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3136 SC_None, nullptr); 3137 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3138 Param->setImplicit(); 3139 Params.push_back(Param); 3140 } 3141 3142 New->setParams(Params); 3143 } 3144 3145 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3146 } 3147 3148 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3149 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3150 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3151 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3152 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3153 // the prototype. 3154 // 3155 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3156 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3157 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3158 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3159 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3160 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3161 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3162 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3163 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3164 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3165 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3166 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3167 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3168 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3169 3170 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3171 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3172 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3173 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3174 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3175 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3176 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3177 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3178 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3179 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3180 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3181 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3182 NewParm->getType(), 3183 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3184 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3185 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3186 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3187 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3188 } else 3189 LooseCompatible = false; 3190 } 3191 3192 if (LooseCompatible) { 3193 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3194 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3195 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3196 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3197 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3198 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3199 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3200 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3201 } 3202 3203 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3204 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3205 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3206 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3207 } 3208 3209 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3210 } 3211 3212 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3213 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3214 3215 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3216 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3217 unsigned BuiltinID; 3218 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3219 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3220 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3221 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3223 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3224 << Old << Old->getType(); 3225 3226 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3227 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3228 // 3229 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3230 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3231 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3232 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3233 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3234 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3235 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3236 3237 return false; 3238 } 3239 3240 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3241 } 3242 3243 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3244 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3245 return true; 3246 } 3247 3248 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3249 /// known to be compatible. 3250 /// 3251 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3252 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3253 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3254 /// redeclaration of Old. 3255 /// 3256 /// \returns false 3257 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3258 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3259 // Merge the attributes 3260 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3261 3262 // Merge "pure" flag. 3263 if (Old->isPure()) 3264 New->setPure(); 3265 3266 // Merge "used" flag. 3267 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3268 New->setIsUsed(); 3269 3270 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3271 // declarations. 3272 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3273 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3274 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3275 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3276 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3277 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3278 } 3279 3280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3281 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3282 3283 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3284 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3285 // was visible. 3286 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3287 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3288 New->setType(Merged); 3289 3290 return false; 3291 } 3292 3293 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3294 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3295 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3296 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3297 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3298 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3299 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3300 : AMK_Override; 3301 3302 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3303 3304 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3305 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3306 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3307 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3308 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3309 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3310 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3311 3312 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3313 } 3314 3315 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3316 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3317 3318 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3319 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3320 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3321 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3322 3323 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3324 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3325 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3326 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3327 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3328 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3329 } 3330 3331 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3332 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3333 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3334 /// 3335 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3336 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3337 /// is attached. 3338 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3339 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3340 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3341 return; 3342 3343 QualType MergedT; 3344 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3345 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3346 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3347 return; 3348 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3349 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3350 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3351 } 3352 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3353 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3354 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3355 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3356 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3357 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3358 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3359 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3360 3361 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3362 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3363 // mismatch. 3364 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3365 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3366 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3367 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3368 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3369 continue; 3370 3371 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3372 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3373 } 3374 } 3375 3376 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3377 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3378 NewArray->getElementType())) 3379 MergedT = New->getType(); 3380 } 3381 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3382 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3383 // visible. 3384 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3385 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3386 NewArray->getElementType())) 3387 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3388 } 3389 } 3390 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3391 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3392 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3393 Old->getType()); 3394 } 3395 } else { 3396 // C 6.2.7p2: 3397 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3398 // compatible type. 3399 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3400 } 3401 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3402 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3403 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3404 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3405 // equivalent. 3406 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3407 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3408 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3409 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3410 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3411 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3412 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3413 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3414 return; 3415 } 3416 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3417 } 3418 3419 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3420 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3421 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3422 New->setType(MergedT); 3423 } 3424 3425 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3426 LookupResult &Previous) { 3427 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3428 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3429 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3430 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3431 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3432 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3433 // 3434 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3435 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3436 return false; 3437 3438 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3439 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3440 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3441 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3442 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3443 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3444 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3445 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3446 } else { 3447 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3448 // type unless we're in the same function. 3449 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3450 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3451 } 3452 } 3453 3454 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3455 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3456 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3457 /// 3458 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3459 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3460 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3461 /// 3462 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3463 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3464 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3465 return; 3466 3467 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3468 return; 3469 3470 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3471 3472 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3473 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3474 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3475 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3476 if (NewTemplate) { 3477 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3478 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3479 3480 if (auto *Shadow = 3481 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3482 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3483 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3484 } else { 3485 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3486 3487 if (auto *Shadow = 3488 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3489 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3490 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3491 } 3492 } 3493 if (!Old) { 3494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3495 << New->getDeclName(); 3496 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3497 diag::note_previous_definition); 3498 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3499 } 3500 3501 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3502 if (NewTemplate && 3503 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3504 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3505 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3506 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3507 3508 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3509 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3510 // 3511 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3512 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3513 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3514 << New->getIdentifier(); 3515 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3516 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3517 } 3518 3519 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3520 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3521 // declaration 3522 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3523 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3524 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3526 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3527 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3528 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3529 } 3530 3531 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3532 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3534 << New->getDeclName(); 3535 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3536 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3537 } 3538 3539 // Merge the types. 3540 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3541 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3542 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3543 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3544 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3545 return; 3546 } 3547 3548 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3549 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3550 return; 3551 3552 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3553 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3554 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3555 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3556 3557 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3558 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3559 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3560 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3561 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3563 << New->getDeclName(); 3564 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3565 } else { 3566 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3567 << New->getDeclName(); 3568 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3569 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3570 } 3571 } 3572 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3573 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3574 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3575 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3576 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3577 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3578 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3579 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3580 // identifier has external linkage. 3581 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3582 /* Okay */; 3583 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3584 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3585 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3587 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3588 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3589 } 3590 3591 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3592 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3593 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3595 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3596 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3597 } 3598 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3599 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3601 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3602 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3603 } 3604 3605 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3606 3607 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3608 // need to check for mismatches. 3609 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3610 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3611 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3612 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3613 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3614 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3615 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3616 } 3617 3618 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3619 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3621 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3622 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3624 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3625 } else { 3626 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3627 // static and dynamic initialization. 3628 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3629 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3631 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3632 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3633 } 3634 } 3635 3636 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3637 VarDecl *Def; 3638 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3639 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3640 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3641 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3642 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3643 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3644 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3645 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3646 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3647 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3648 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3649 } else { 3650 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3651 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3653 return; 3654 } 3655 } 3656 3657 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3659 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3660 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3661 return; 3662 } 3663 3664 // Merge "used" flag. 3665 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3666 New->setIsUsed(); 3667 3668 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3669 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3670 if (NewTemplate) 3671 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3672 3673 // Inherit access appropriately. 3674 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3675 if (NewTemplate) 3676 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3677 } 3678 3679 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3680 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3681 Decl * 3682 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3683 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3684 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3685 AnonRecord); 3686 } 3687 3688 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3689 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3690 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3691 // compatibility. 3692 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3693 // targeted. 3694 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3695 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3696 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3697 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3698 } 3699 3700 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3701 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3702 return; 3703 3704 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3705 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3706 // it is anonymous. 3707 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3708 return; 3709 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3710 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3711 Context.setManglingNumber( 3712 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3713 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3714 return; 3715 } 3716 3717 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3718 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3719 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3720 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3721 Context.setManglingNumber( 3722 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3723 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3724 } 3725 } 3726 3727 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3728 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3729 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3730 return; 3731 3732 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3733 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3734 return; 3735 3736 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3737 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3738 3739 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3740 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3741 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3743 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3744 return; 3745 } 3746 3747 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3748 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3749 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3750 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3751 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3752 // for how to handle it. 3753 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3754 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3755 3756 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3757 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3758 3759 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3760 textToInsert += ' '; 3761 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3762 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3763 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3764 return; 3765 } 3766 3767 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3768 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3769 } 3770 3771 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3772 switch (T) { 3773 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3774 return 0; 3775 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3776 return 1; 3777 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3778 return 2; 3779 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3780 return 3; 3781 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3782 return 4; 3783 default: 3784 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3785 } 3786 } 3787 3788 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3789 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3790 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3791 Decl * 3792 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3793 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3794 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3795 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3796 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3797 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3798 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3799 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3800 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3801 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3802 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3803 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3804 3805 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3806 return nullptr; 3807 3808 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3809 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3810 // it's a Type. 3811 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3812 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3813 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3814 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3815 } 3816 3817 if (Tag) { 3818 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3819 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3820 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3821 return Tag; 3822 } 3823 3824 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3825 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3826 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3827 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3828 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3829 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3830 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3831 } 3832 3833 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3834 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3835 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3836 if (Tag) 3837 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3838 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3839 else 3840 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3841 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3842 return TagD; 3843 } 3844 3845 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3846 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3847 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3848 // its initializer. 3849 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3850 return TagD; 3851 } 3852 3853 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3854 3855 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3856 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3857 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3858 if (TagD && !Tag) 3859 return nullptr; 3860 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3861 } 3862 3863 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3864 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3865 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3866 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3867 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3868 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3869 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3870 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3871 // or an explicit specialization. 3872 // 3873 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3874 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3875 // 3876 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3877 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3878 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3879 return nullptr; 3880 } 3881 3882 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3883 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3884 3885 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3886 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3887 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3888 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3890 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3891 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3892 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3893 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3894 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3895 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3896 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3897 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3898 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3899 AnonRecord = Record; 3900 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3901 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3902 } 3903 3904 DeclaresAnything = false; 3905 } 3906 } 3907 3908 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3909 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3910 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3911 // 3912 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3913 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3914 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3915 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3916 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3917 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3918 // struct STRUCT; 3919 // union UNION; 3920 // and 3921 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3922 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3923 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3924 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3925 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3926 if (Tag) 3927 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3928 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3929 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3930 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3931 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3932 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3933 3934 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3935 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3936 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3937 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3938 } 3939 3940 DeclaresAnything = false; 3941 } 3942 } 3943 3944 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3945 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3946 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3947 return TagD; 3948 3949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3950 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3951 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3952 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3953 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3954 DeclaresAnything = false; 3955 3956 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3957 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3958 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3959 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3960 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3961 else 3962 DeclaresAnything = false; 3963 } 3964 3965 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3966 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3967 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3968 << Tag->getTagKind() 3969 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3970 3971 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3972 3973 // C 6.7/2: 3974 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3975 // or the members of an enumeration. 3976 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3977 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3978 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3979 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3980 // previous declaration. 3981 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3982 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3983 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3984 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3985 return TagD; 3986 } 3987 3988 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3989 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3990 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3991 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3992 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3993 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3994 // 3995 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3996 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3998 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3999 4000 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4001 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4002 // useless. 4003 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4004 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4005 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4006 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4007 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4008 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4009 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4010 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4011 } 4012 4013 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4014 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4015 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4016 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4017 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4018 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4019 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4020 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4021 // Restrict is covered above. 4022 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4023 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4024 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4025 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4026 } 4027 4028 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4029 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4030 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4031 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4032 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4033 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4034 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4035 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4036 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4037 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4038 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4039 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4040 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4041 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4042 } 4043 } 4044 4045 return TagD; 4046 } 4047 4048 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4049 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4050 /// 4051 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4052 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4053 Scope *S, 4054 DeclContext *Owner, 4055 DeclarationName Name, 4056 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4057 bool IsUnion) { 4058 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4059 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4060 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4061 4062 // Pick a representative declaration. 4063 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4064 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4065 4066 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4067 return false; 4068 4069 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4070 << IsUnion << Name; 4071 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4072 4073 return true; 4074 } 4075 4076 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4077 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4078 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4079 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4080 /// struct, e.g., 4081 /// 4082 /// @code 4083 /// union { 4084 /// int i; 4085 /// float f; 4086 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4087 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4088 /// @endcode 4089 /// 4090 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4091 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4092 static bool 4093 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4094 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4095 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4096 bool Invalid = false; 4097 4098 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4099 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4100 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4101 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4102 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4103 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4104 VD->getLocation(), 4105 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4106 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4107 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4108 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4109 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4110 Invalid = true; 4111 } else { 4112 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4113 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4114 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4115 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4116 // anonymous union is declared. 4117 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4118 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4119 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4120 else 4121 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4122 4123 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4124 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4125 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4126 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4127 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4128 4129 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4130 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4131 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4132 4133 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4134 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4135 4136 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4137 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4138 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4139 4140 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4141 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4142 4143 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4144 } 4145 } 4146 } 4147 4148 return Invalid; 4149 } 4150 4151 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4152 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4153 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4154 static StorageClass 4155 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4156 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4157 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4158 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4159 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4160 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4161 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4162 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4163 return SC_None; 4164 return SC_Extern; 4165 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4166 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4167 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4168 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4169 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4170 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4171 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4172 } 4173 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4174 } 4175 4176 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4177 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4178 4179 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4180 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4181 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4182 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4183 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4184 return FD->getLocation(); 4185 } 4186 4187 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4188 } 4189 4190 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4191 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4192 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4193 return; 4194 4195 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4196 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4197 } 4198 4199 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4200 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4201 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4202 return; 4203 4204 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4205 } 4206 4207 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4208 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4209 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4210 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4211 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4212 AccessSpecifier AS, 4213 RecordDecl *Record, 4214 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4215 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4216 4217 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4218 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4219 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4220 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4221 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4222 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4223 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4224 4225 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4226 // structs/unions. 4227 bool Invalid = false; 4228 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4229 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4230 unsigned DiagID; 4231 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4232 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4233 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4234 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4235 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4236 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4237 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4238 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4239 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4240 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4241 4242 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4243 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4244 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4245 } 4246 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4247 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4248 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4249 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4250 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4251 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4252 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4253 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4254 4255 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4256 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4257 SourceLocation(), 4258 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4259 } 4260 } 4261 4262 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4263 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4264 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4265 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4266 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4267 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4268 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4269 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4270 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4271 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4272 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4273 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4274 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4275 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4276 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4277 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4278 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4279 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4280 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4281 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4282 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4283 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4284 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4285 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4286 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4287 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4288 4289 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4290 } 4291 4292 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4293 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4294 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4295 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4296 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4297 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4298 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4299 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4300 // members (clause 11). 4301 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4302 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4303 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4304 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4305 Invalid = true; 4306 } 4307 4308 // C++ [class.union]p1 4309 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4310 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4311 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4312 // array of such objects. 4313 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4314 Invalid = true; 4315 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4316 // Any implicit members are fine. 4317 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4318 // This is a type that showed up in an 4319 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4320 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4321 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4322 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4323 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4324 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4325 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4326 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4327 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4328 << Record->isUnion(); 4329 else { 4330 // This is a nested type declaration. 4331 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4332 << Record->isUnion(); 4333 Invalid = true; 4334 } 4335 } else { 4336 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4337 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4338 // not part of standard C++. 4339 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4340 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4341 << Record->isUnion(); 4342 } 4343 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4344 // Any access specifier is fine. 4345 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4346 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4347 } else { 4348 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4349 // member. Complain about it. 4350 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4351 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4352 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4353 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4354 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4355 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4356 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4357 4358 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4359 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4360 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4361 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4362 << Record->isUnion(); 4363 else { 4364 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4365 Invalid = true; 4366 } 4367 } 4368 } 4369 4370 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4371 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4372 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4373 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4374 Owner->isRecord()) 4375 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4376 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4377 } 4378 4379 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4380 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4381 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4382 Invalid = true; 4383 } 4384 4385 // Mock up a declarator. 4386 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4388 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4389 4390 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4391 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4392 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4393 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4394 DS.getLocStart(), 4395 Record->getLocation(), 4396 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4397 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4398 TInfo, 4399 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4400 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4401 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4403 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4404 } else { 4405 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4406 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4407 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4408 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4409 // an error here 4410 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4411 Invalid = true; 4412 SC = SC_None; 4413 } 4414 4415 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4416 DS.getLocStart(), 4417 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4418 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4419 TInfo, SC); 4420 4421 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4422 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4423 // initializer: 4424 // union { int n = 0; }; 4425 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4426 } 4427 Anon->setImplicit(); 4428 4429 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4430 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4431 4432 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4433 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4434 // its members. 4435 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4436 4437 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4438 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4439 // purposes. 4440 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4441 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4442 4443 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4444 Invalid = true; 4445 4446 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4447 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4448 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4449 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4450 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4451 Context.setManglingNumber( 4452 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4453 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4454 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4455 } 4456 } 4457 } 4458 4459 if (Invalid) 4460 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4461 4462 return Anon; 4463 } 4464 4465 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4466 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4467 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4468 /// Example: 4469 /// 4470 /// struct A { int a; }; 4471 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4472 /// 4473 /// void foo() { 4474 /// B var; 4475 /// var.a = 3; 4476 /// } 4477 /// 4478 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4479 RecordDecl *Record) { 4480 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4481 4482 // Mock up a declarator. 4483 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4484 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4485 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4486 4487 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4488 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4489 4490 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4491 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4492 ParentDecl, 4493 DS.getLocStart(), 4494 DS.getLocStart(), 4495 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4496 RecTy, 4497 TInfo, 4498 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4499 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4500 Anon->setImplicit(); 4501 4502 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4503 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4504 4505 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4506 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4507 // purposes. 4508 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4509 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4510 4511 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4512 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4513 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4514 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4515 AS_none, Chain)) { 4516 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4517 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4518 } 4519 4520 return Anon; 4521 } 4522 4523 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4524 /// given Declarator. 4525 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4526 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4527 } 4528 4529 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4530 DeclarationNameInfo 4531 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4532 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4533 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4534 4535 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4536 4537 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4538 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4539 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4540 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4541 return NameInfo; 4542 4543 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4544 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4545 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4546 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4547 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4548 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4549 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4550 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4551 return NameInfo; 4552 4553 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4554 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4555 Name.Identifier)); 4556 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4557 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4558 return NameInfo; 4559 4560 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4562 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4563 if (Ty.isNull()) 4564 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4565 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4566 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4567 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4568 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4569 return NameInfo; 4570 } 4571 4572 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4573 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4574 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4575 if (Ty.isNull()) 4576 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4577 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4578 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4579 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4580 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4581 return NameInfo; 4582 } 4583 4584 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4585 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4586 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4587 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4588 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4589 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4590 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4591 4592 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4593 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4594 4595 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4596 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4597 // was qualified. 4598 4599 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4600 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4601 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4602 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4603 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4604 return NameInfo; 4605 } 4606 4607 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4608 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4609 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4610 if (Ty.isNull()) 4611 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4612 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4613 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4614 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4615 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4616 return NameInfo; 4617 } 4618 4619 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4620 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4621 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4622 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4623 } 4624 4625 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4626 4627 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4628 } 4629 4630 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4631 do { 4632 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4633 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4634 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4635 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4636 else 4637 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4638 } while (true); 4639 } 4640 4641 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4642 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4643 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4644 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4645 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4646 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4647 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4648 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4649 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4650 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4651 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4652 Params.clear(); 4653 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4654 return false; 4655 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4656 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4657 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4658 4659 // The parameter types are identical 4660 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4661 continue; 4662 4663 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4664 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4665 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4666 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4667 4668 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4669 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4670 Params.push_back(Idx); 4671 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4672 return false; 4673 } 4674 4675 return true; 4676 } 4677 4678 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4679 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4680 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4681 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4682 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4683 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4684 DeclarationName Name) { 4685 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4686 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4687 // - types which will become injected class names 4688 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4689 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4690 // few cases here. 4691 4692 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4693 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4694 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4695 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4696 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4697 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4698 // Grab the type from the parser. 4699 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4700 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4701 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4702 4703 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4704 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4705 // attached already. 4706 if (!TSI) 4707 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4708 4709 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4710 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4711 if (!TSI) return true; 4712 4713 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4714 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4715 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4716 break; 4717 } 4718 4719 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4720 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4721 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4722 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4723 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4724 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4725 break; 4726 } 4727 4728 default: 4729 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4730 break; 4731 } 4732 4733 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4734 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4735 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4736 4737 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4738 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4739 // pointer. 4740 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4741 continue; 4742 4743 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4744 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4745 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4746 return true; 4747 } 4748 4749 return false; 4750 } 4751 4752 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4753 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4754 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4755 4756 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4757 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4758 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4759 4760 return Dcl; 4761 } 4762 4763 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4764 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4765 /// name different from T: 4766 /// - every static data member of class T; 4767 /// - every member function of class T 4768 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4769 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4770 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4771 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4772 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4773 4774 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4775 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4776 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4777 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4778 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4779 return true; 4780 } 4781 4782 return false; 4783 } 4784 4785 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4786 /// nested-name-specifier. 4787 /// 4788 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4789 /// 4790 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4791 /// resolves. 4792 /// 4793 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4794 /// 4795 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4796 /// 4797 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4798 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4799 DeclarationName Name, 4800 SourceLocation Loc) { 4801 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4802 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4803 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4804 4805 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4806 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4807 // 4808 // class X { 4809 // void X::f(); 4810 // }; 4811 // 4812 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4813 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4814 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4815 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4816 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4817 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4818 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4819 SS.clear(); 4820 } else { 4821 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4822 } 4823 return false; 4824 } 4825 4826 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4827 // declaration. 4828 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4829 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4830 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4831 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4832 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4833 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4834 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4835 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4836 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4837 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4838 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4839 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4840 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4841 else 4842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4843 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4844 4845 return true; 4846 } 4847 4848 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4849 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4851 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4852 SS.clear(); 4853 4854 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4855 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4856 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4857 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4858 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4859 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4860 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4861 return true; 4862 4863 return false; 4864 } 4865 4866 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4867 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4868 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4869 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4870 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4871 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4872 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4873 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4874 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4875 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4876 4877 return false; 4878 } 4879 4880 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4881 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4882 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4883 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4884 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4885 4886 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4887 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4888 if (!Name) { 4889 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4891 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4892 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4893 return nullptr; 4894 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4895 return nullptr; 4896 4897 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4898 // we find one that is. 4899 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4900 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4901 S = S->getParent(); 4902 4903 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4904 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4905 D.setInvalidType(); 4906 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4907 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4908 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4909 return nullptr; 4910 4911 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4912 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4913 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4914 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4915 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4916 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4917 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4918 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4919 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4920 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4921 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4922 return nullptr; 4923 } 4924 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4925 4926 if (!IsDependentContext && 4927 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4928 return nullptr; 4929 4930 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4931 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4932 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4933 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4934 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4935 return nullptr; 4936 } 4937 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4938 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4939 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4940 if (DC->isRecord()) 4941 return nullptr; 4942 4943 D.setInvalidType(); 4944 } 4945 } 4946 4947 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4948 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4949 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4950 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4951 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4952 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4953 D.setInvalidType(); 4954 } 4955 } 4956 4957 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4958 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4959 4960 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4961 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4962 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4963 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4964 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4965 return nullptr; 4966 4967 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4968 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4969 D.setInvalidType(); 4970 4971 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4972 ForRedeclaration); 4973 4974 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4975 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4976 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4977 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4978 4979 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4980 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4981 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4982 // 4983 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4984 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4985 // the same name. 4986 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4987 /* Do nothing*/; 4988 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4989 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4990 R->isFunctionType())) { 4991 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4992 CreateBuiltins = 4993 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4994 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4995 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4996 CreateBuiltins = true; 4997 4998 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4999 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5000 5001 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5002 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5003 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5004 5005 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5006 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5007 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5008 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5009 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5010 // thereof; [...] 5011 // 5012 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5013 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5014 // we want to match. For example, given: 5015 // 5016 // class X { 5017 // void f(); 5018 // void f(float); 5019 // }; 5020 // 5021 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5022 // 5023 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5024 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5025 // matches. 5026 5027 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5028 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5029 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5030 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5031 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5032 } 5033 5034 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5035 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5036 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5037 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5038 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5039 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5040 5041 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5042 Previous.clear(); 5043 } 5044 5045 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5046 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5047 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5048 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5049 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5050 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5051 Previous.clear(); 5052 5053 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5054 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5055 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5056 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5057 5058 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5059 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5060 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5061 // template, declared in namespace scope 5062 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5064 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5065 return nullptr; 5066 } 5067 5068 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5069 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5070 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5071 return nullptr; 5072 } 5073 } 5074 5075 NamedDecl *New; 5076 5077 bool AddToScope = true; 5078 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5079 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5080 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5081 return nullptr; 5082 } 5083 5084 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5085 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5086 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5087 TemplateParamLists, 5088 AddToScope); 5089 } else { 5090 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5091 AddToScope); 5092 } 5093 5094 if (!New) 5095 return nullptr; 5096 5097 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5098 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5099 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5100 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5101 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5102 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5103 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5104 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5105 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5106 if (!AddToContext) 5107 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5108 } 5109 5110 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5111 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5112 5113 return New; 5114 } 5115 5116 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5117 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5118 /// GCC compatibility). 5119 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5120 ASTContext &Context, 5121 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5122 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5123 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5124 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5125 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5126 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5127 SizeIsNegative = false; 5128 Oversized = 0; 5129 5130 if (T->isDependentType()) 5131 return QualType(); 5132 5133 QualifierCollector Qs; 5134 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5135 5136 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5137 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5138 QualType FixedType = 5139 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5140 Oversized); 5141 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5142 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5143 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5144 } 5145 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5146 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5147 QualType FixedType = 5148 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5149 Oversized); 5150 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5151 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5152 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5153 } 5154 5155 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5156 if (!VLATy) 5157 return QualType(); 5158 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5159 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5160 return QualType(); 5161 5162 llvm::APSInt Res; 5163 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5164 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5165 return QualType(); 5166 5167 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5168 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5169 SizeIsNegative = true; 5170 return QualType(); 5171 } 5172 5173 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5174 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5175 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5176 Res); 5177 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5178 Oversized = Res; 5179 return QualType(); 5180 } 5181 5182 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5183 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5184 } 5185 5186 static void 5187 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5188 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5189 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5190 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5191 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5192 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5193 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5194 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5195 return; 5196 } 5197 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5198 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5199 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5200 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5201 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5202 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5203 return; 5204 } 5205 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5206 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5207 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5208 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5209 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5210 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5211 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5212 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5213 } 5214 5215 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5216 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5217 /// GCC compatibility). 5218 static TypeSourceInfo* 5219 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5220 ASTContext &Context, 5221 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5222 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5223 QualType FixedTy 5224 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5225 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5226 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5227 return nullptr; 5228 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5229 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5230 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5231 return FixedTInfo; 5232 } 5233 5234 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5235 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5236 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5237 /// function-scope declarations. 5238 void 5239 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5240 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5241 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5242 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5243 return; 5244 5245 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5246 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5247 } 5248 5249 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5250 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5251 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5252 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5253 } 5254 5255 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5256 /// does not identify a function. 5257 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5258 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5259 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5260 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5261 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5262 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5263 5264 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5265 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5266 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5267 5268 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5269 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5270 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5271 5272 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5273 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5274 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5275 } 5276 5277 NamedDecl* 5278 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5279 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5280 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5281 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5282 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5283 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5284 D.setInvalidType(); 5285 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5286 DC = CurContext; 5287 Previous.clear(); 5288 } 5289 5290 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5291 5292 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5294 << 1; 5295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5296 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5297 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5298 5299 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5300 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5301 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5302 return nullptr; 5303 } 5304 5305 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5306 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5307 5308 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5309 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5310 5311 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5312 5313 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5314 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5315 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5316 return ND; 5317 } 5318 5319 void 5320 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5321 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5322 // then it shall have block scope. 5323 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5324 // that redeclarations will match. 5325 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5326 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5327 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5328 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5329 5330 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5331 bool SizeIsNegative; 5332 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5333 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5334 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5335 SizeIsNegative, 5336 Oversized); 5337 if (FixedTInfo) { 5338 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5339 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5340 } else { 5341 if (SizeIsNegative) 5342 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5343 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5344 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5345 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5346 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5347 << Oversized.toString(10); 5348 else 5349 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5350 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5351 } 5352 } 5353 } 5354 } 5355 5356 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5357 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5358 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5359 NamedDecl* 5360 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5361 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5362 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5363 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5364 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5365 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5366 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5367 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5368 Redeclaration = true; 5369 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5370 } 5371 5372 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5373 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5374 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5375 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5376 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5377 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5378 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5379 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5380 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5381 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5382 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5383 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5384 } 5385 5386 return NewTD; 5387 } 5388 5389 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5390 /// previous declaration. 5391 /// 5392 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5393 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5394 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5395 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5396 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5397 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5398 /// 5399 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5400 /// lookup 5401 /// 5402 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5403 /// declared. 5404 /// 5405 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5406 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5407 static bool 5408 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5409 ASTContext &Context) { 5410 if (!PrevDecl) 5411 return false; 5412 5413 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5414 return false; 5415 5416 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5417 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5418 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5419 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5420 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5421 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5422 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5423 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5424 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5425 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5426 return false; 5427 5428 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5429 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5430 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5431 return false; 5432 5433 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5434 // previous declarations. 5435 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5436 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5437 5438 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5439 // isn't the same function. 5440 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5441 return false; 5442 } 5443 5444 return true; 5445 } 5446 5447 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5448 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5449 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5450 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5451 } 5452 5453 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5454 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5455 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5456 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5457 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5458 unsigned kind = -1U; 5459 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5460 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5461 kind = 0; // __block 5462 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5463 kind = 1; // global 5464 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5465 kind = 3; // ivar 5466 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5467 kind = 2; // field 5468 } 5469 5470 if (kind != -1U) { 5471 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5472 << kind; 5473 } 5474 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5475 // Try to infer lifetime. 5476 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5477 return false; 5478 5479 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5480 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5481 decl->setType(type); 5482 } 5483 5484 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5485 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5486 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5487 var->getTLSKind()) { 5488 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5489 << var->getType(); 5490 return true; 5491 } 5492 } 5493 5494 return false; 5495 } 5496 5497 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5498 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5499 // the wrong linkage. 5500 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5501 5502 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5503 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5504 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5505 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5506 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5507 } 5508 } 5509 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5510 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5511 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5512 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5513 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5514 } 5515 } 5516 5517 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5518 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5519 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5520 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5521 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5522 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5523 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5524 } 5525 } 5526 } 5527 5528 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5529 // It does not apply to functions. 5530 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5531 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5532 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5533 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5534 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5535 } 5536 } 5537 5538 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5539 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5540 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5541 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5542 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5543 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5544 << &ND << Attr; 5545 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5546 } 5547 } 5548 5549 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5550 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5551 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5552 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5553 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5554 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5555 << Attr; 5556 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5557 } 5558 } 5559 5560 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5561 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5562 bool IsSpecialization, 5563 bool IsDefinition) { 5564 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5565 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5566 if (!IsSpecialization) 5567 IsDefinition = false; 5568 } 5569 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5570 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5571 5572 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5573 return; 5574 5575 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5576 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5577 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5578 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5579 5580 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5581 // inherited attribute instances. 5582 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5583 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5584 5585 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5586 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5587 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5588 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5589 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5590 5591 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5592 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5593 bool JustWarn = false; 5594 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5595 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5596 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5597 JustWarn = true; 5598 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5599 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5600 JustWarn = true; 5601 } 5602 5603 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5604 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5605 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5606 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5607 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5608 JustWarn = false; 5609 5610 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5611 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5612 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5613 << NewDecl 5614 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5615 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5616 if (!JustWarn) { 5617 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5618 return; 5619 } 5620 } 5621 5622 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5623 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5624 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5625 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5626 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5627 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5628 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5629 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5630 // separately. 5631 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5632 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5633 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5634 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5635 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5636 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5637 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5638 } 5639 5640 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5641 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5642 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5643 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5644 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5645 << NewDecl; 5646 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5647 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5648 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5649 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5650 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5651 } else { 5652 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5653 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5654 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5655 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5656 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5657 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5658 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5659 } 5660 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5661 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5662 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5663 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5664 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5665 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5666 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5667 } 5668 } 5669 5670 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5671 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5672 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5673 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5674 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5675 5676 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5677 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5678 5679 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5680 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5681 return false; 5682 5683 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5684 5685 #ifndef NDEBUG 5686 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5687 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5688 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5689 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5690 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5691 #endif 5692 5693 bool isC99Inline = 5694 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5695 5696 #ifndef NDEBUG 5697 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5698 #endif 5699 5700 return isC99Inline; 5701 } 5702 5703 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5704 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5705 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5706 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5707 /// 5708 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5709 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5710 /// 5711 /// For instance: 5712 /// 5713 /// auto x = []{}; 5714 /// 5715 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5716 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5717 /// 5718 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5719 template<typename T> 5720 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5721 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5722 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5723 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5724 return false; 5725 5726 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5727 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5728 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5729 return false; 5730 } 5731 return D->isExternC(); 5732 } 5733 5734 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5735 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5736 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5737 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5738 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5739 return true; 5740 if (DC->isRecord()) 5741 return false; 5742 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5743 } 5744 5745 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5746 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5747 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5748 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5749 return true; 5750 if (DC->isRecord()) 5751 return false; 5752 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5753 } 5754 5755 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5756 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5757 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5758 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5759 return true; 5760 return false; 5761 } 5762 5763 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5764 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5765 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5766 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5767 return true; 5768 5769 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5770 // position to the decl itself. 5771 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5772 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5773 return true; 5774 } 5775 5776 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5777 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5778 } 5779 5780 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5781 /// function-local external declaration. 5782 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5783 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5784 return false; 5785 5786 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5787 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5788 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5789 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5790 return true; 5791 5792 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5793 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5794 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5795 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5796 // 5797 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5798 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5799 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5800 DC = DC->getParent(); 5801 return true; 5802 } 5803 5804 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5805 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5806 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5807 return FD->isExternC(); 5808 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5809 return VD->isExternC(); 5810 5811 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5812 } 5813 5814 NamedDecl * 5815 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5816 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5817 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5818 bool &AddToScope) { 5819 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5820 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5821 5822 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5823 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5824 // argument. 5825 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5827 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5828 << R; 5829 D.setInvalidType(); 5830 return nullptr; 5831 } 5832 5833 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5834 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5835 5836 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5837 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5838 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5839 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5840 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5841 SC = SC_Extern; 5842 5843 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5844 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5845 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5846 5847 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5848 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5849 QualType NR = R; 5850 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5851 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5853 D.setInvalidType(); 5854 break; 5855 } 5856 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5857 } 5858 5859 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5860 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5861 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5862 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5863 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5864 D.setInvalidType(); 5865 } 5866 } 5867 } 5868 5869 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5870 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5871 // an error here 5872 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5873 D.setInvalidType(); 5874 SC = SC_None; 5875 } 5876 5877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5878 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5879 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5880 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5881 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5882 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5883 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5884 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5885 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5886 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5887 } 5888 5889 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5890 if (!II) { 5891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5892 << Name; 5893 return nullptr; 5894 } 5895 5896 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5897 5898 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5899 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5900 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5901 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5902 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5904 D.setInvalidType(); 5905 } 5906 } 5907 5908 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5909 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5910 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5911 // space qualifiers. 5912 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5913 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5914 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5915 } 5916 5917 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5918 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5919 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5920 // address space qualifiers. 5921 if (R->isEventT()) { 5922 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5923 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5924 D.setInvalidType(); 5925 } 5926 5927 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5928 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5929 D.setInvalidType(); 5930 } 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5935 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5936 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5937 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5938 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5939 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5940 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5941 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5942 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5943 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5944 R, TInfo, SC); 5945 5946 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5947 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5948 5949 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5950 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5951 } else { 5952 bool Invalid = false; 5953 5954 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5955 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5956 switch (SC) { 5957 case SC_None: 5958 break; 5959 case SC_Static: 5960 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5961 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5962 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5963 break; 5964 case SC_Auto: 5965 case SC_Register: 5966 case SC_Extern: 5967 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5968 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5969 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5970 // of class members 5971 5972 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5973 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5974 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5975 break; 5976 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5977 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5978 } 5979 } 5980 5981 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5982 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5983 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5984 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5985 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5986 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5987 5988 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5989 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5990 if (RD->isUnion()) 5991 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5992 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5993 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5994 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5995 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5996 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5997 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5998 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5999 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6000 } 6001 } 6002 6003 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6004 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6005 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6006 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6007 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6008 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6009 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6010 : nullptr, 6011 TemplateParamLists, 6012 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6013 6014 if (TemplateParams) { 6015 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6016 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6017 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6018 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6019 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6020 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6021 << II 6022 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6023 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6024 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6025 } else { 6026 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6027 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6028 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6029 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6030 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6031 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6032 // This is a template declaration. 6033 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6034 6035 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6036 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6037 return nullptr; 6038 6039 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6040 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6041 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6042 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6043 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6044 } 6045 } 6046 } else { 6047 assert( 6048 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6049 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6050 } 6051 6052 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6053 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6054 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6055 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6056 : SourceLocation(); 6057 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6058 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6059 IsPartialSpecialization); 6060 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6061 return nullptr; 6062 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6063 AddToScope = false; 6064 } else 6065 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6066 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6067 6068 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6069 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6070 NewTemplate = 6071 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6072 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6073 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6074 } 6075 6076 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6077 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6078 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6079 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6080 6081 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6083 if (NewTemplate) 6084 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6085 } 6086 6087 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6088 6089 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6090 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6091 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6092 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6093 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6094 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6095 6096 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6097 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6098 6099 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6100 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6101 VTD->setConcept(); 6102 6103 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6104 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6105 // specifiers, [...] 6106 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6107 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6108 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6109 << 0 << 0; 6110 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6111 } 6112 6113 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6114 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6115 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6116 << 0 << 3; 6117 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6118 } 6119 6120 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6121 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6122 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6123 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6124 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6125 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6126 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6127 } 6128 6129 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6130 // following restrictions: 6131 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6132 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6133 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6134 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6135 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6136 } 6137 } 6138 } 6139 6140 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6141 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6142 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6143 if (NewTemplate) 6144 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6145 6146 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6147 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6148 6149 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6150 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6151 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6152 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6153 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6154 // explicitly. 6155 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6156 // 'extern'. 6157 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6158 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6159 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6160 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6161 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6162 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6163 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6164 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6165 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6166 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6167 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6168 // error should be ignored. 6169 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6170 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6171 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6172 // to emit any code for it. 6173 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6174 } else 6175 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6176 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6177 } else 6178 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6179 } 6180 6181 // C99 6.7.4p3 6182 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6183 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6184 // thread storage duration... 6185 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6186 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6187 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6188 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6189 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6190 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6191 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6192 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6193 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6194 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6195 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6196 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6197 } 6198 } 6199 6200 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6201 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6202 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6203 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6204 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6205 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6206 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6207 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6208 << 2 6209 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6210 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6211 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6212 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6213 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6214 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6215 else { 6216 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6217 if (NewTemplate) 6218 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6219 } 6220 } 6221 6222 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6223 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6224 6225 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6226 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6227 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6228 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6229 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6230 // storage [duration]." 6231 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6232 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6233 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6234 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6235 } 6236 } 6237 6238 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6239 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6240 // check the VarDecl itself. 6241 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6242 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6243 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6244 6245 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6246 // retainable type. 6247 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6248 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6249 6250 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6251 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6252 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6253 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6254 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6255 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6256 switch (SC) { 6257 case SC_None: 6258 case SC_Auto: 6259 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6260 break; 6261 case SC_Register: 6262 // Local Named register 6263 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6264 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6265 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6266 break; 6267 case SC_Static: 6268 case SC_Extern: 6269 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6270 break; 6271 } 6272 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6273 // Global Named register 6274 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6275 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6276 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6277 6278 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6279 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6280 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6281 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6282 HasSizeMismatch)) 6283 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6284 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6285 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6286 } 6287 6288 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6289 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6290 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6291 } 6292 } 6293 6294 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6295 Context, Label, 0)); 6296 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6297 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6298 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6299 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6300 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6301 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6302 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6303 } else 6304 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6305 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6306 } 6307 } 6308 6309 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6310 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6311 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6312 6313 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6314 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6315 // declaration has linkage). 6316 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6317 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6318 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6319 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6320 6321 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6322 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6323 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6324 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6325 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6326 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6327 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6328 6329 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6330 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6331 } else { 6332 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6333 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6334 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6335 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6336 6337 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6338 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6339 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6340 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6341 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6342 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6343 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6344 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6345 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6346 Previous.clear(); 6347 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6348 } 6349 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6350 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6352 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6353 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6354 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6355 } 6356 6357 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6358 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6359 6360 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6361 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6362 // concept definition. 6363 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6364 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6365 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6366 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6367 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6368 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6369 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6370 << 1 /*variable*/ 6371 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6372 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6373 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6374 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6375 } 6376 } 6377 } 6378 6379 if (NewTemplate) { 6380 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6381 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6382 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6383 : nullptr; 6384 6385 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6386 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6387 // template declaration. 6388 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6389 TemplateParams, 6390 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6391 : nullptr, 6392 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6393 DC->isDependentContext()) 6394 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6395 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6396 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6397 6398 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6399 // template, make a note of that. 6400 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6401 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6402 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6407 6408 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6409 // the map of such variables. 6410 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6411 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6412 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6413 6414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6415 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6416 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6417 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6418 Context.setManglingNumber( 6419 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6420 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6421 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6422 } 6423 } 6424 6425 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6426 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6427 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6428 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6429 6430 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6431 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6433 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6434 6435 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6436 // behavior. 6437 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6438 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6439 } 6440 6441 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6442 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6443 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6444 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6445 } 6446 6447 if (NewTemplate) { 6448 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6449 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6450 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6451 return NewTemplate; 6452 } 6453 6454 return NewVD; 6455 } 6456 6457 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6458 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6459 6460 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6461 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6462 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6463 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6464 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6465 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6466 } 6467 6468 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6469 /// -Wshadow. 6470 /// 6471 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6472 /// scope. 6473 /// 6474 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6475 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6476 /// 6477 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6478 // Return if warning is ignored. 6479 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6480 return; 6481 6482 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6483 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6484 return; 6485 6486 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6487 6488 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6489 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6490 return; 6491 6492 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6493 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6494 return; 6495 6496 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6497 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6498 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6499 if (MD->isStatic()) 6500 return; 6501 6502 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6503 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6504 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6505 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6506 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6507 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6508 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6509 return; 6510 } 6511 } 6512 6513 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6514 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6515 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6516 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6517 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6518 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6519 ShadowedDecl = I; 6520 break; 6521 } 6522 } 6523 6524 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6525 6526 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6527 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6528 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6529 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6530 return; 6531 6532 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6533 // static data members from base classes? 6534 6535 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6536 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6537 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6538 } 6539 6540 6541 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6542 6543 // Emit warning and note. 6544 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6545 return; 6546 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6547 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6548 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6549 } 6550 6551 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6552 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6553 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6554 return; 6555 6556 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6557 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6558 LookupName(R, S); 6559 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6560 } 6561 6562 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6563 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6564 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6565 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6566 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6567 return; 6568 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6569 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6570 if (!DRE) 6571 return; 6572 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6573 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6574 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6575 return; 6576 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6577 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6578 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6579 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6580 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6581 6582 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6583 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6584 } 6585 6586 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6587 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6588 template<typename T> 6589 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6590 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6591 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6592 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6593 6594 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6595 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6596 // declaration. 6597 return false; 6598 } 6599 6600 if (Prev) { 6601 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6602 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6603 // redeclaration. 6604 Previous.clear(); 6605 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6606 return true; 6607 } 6608 6609 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6610 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6611 // declaration. 6612 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6613 return false; 6614 } else { 6615 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6616 // translation unit which might conflict. 6617 if (IsGlobal) { 6618 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6619 IsGlobal = false; 6620 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6621 I != E; ++I) { 6622 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6623 Prev = *I; 6624 break; 6625 } 6626 } 6627 } else { 6628 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6629 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6630 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6631 I != E; ++I) { 6632 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6633 Prev = *I; 6634 break; 6635 } 6636 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6637 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6638 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6639 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6640 // diagnostic. 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 if (!Prev) 6645 return false; 6646 } 6647 6648 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6649 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6650 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6651 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6652 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6653 else 6654 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6655 6656 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6657 << IsGlobal << ND; 6658 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6659 << IsGlobal; 6660 return false; 6661 } 6662 6663 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6664 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6665 /// 6666 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6667 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6668 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6669 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6670 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6671 template<typename T> 6672 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6673 LookupResult &Previous) { 6674 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6675 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6676 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6677 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6678 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6679 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6680 Previous.clear(); 6681 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6682 return true; 6683 } 6684 } 6685 return false; 6686 } 6687 6688 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6689 // declaration. 6690 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6691 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6692 6693 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6694 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6695 // in another scope. 6696 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6697 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6698 6699 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6700 return false; 6701 } 6702 6703 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6704 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6705 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6706 return; 6707 6708 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6709 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6710 6711 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6712 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6713 return; 6714 6715 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6716 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6717 6718 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6719 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6720 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6721 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6722 NewVD->setType(T); 6723 } 6724 6725 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6726 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6727 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6728 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6729 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6730 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6732 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6733 return; 6734 } 6735 6736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6737 // scope. 6738 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6739 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6740 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6741 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6742 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6743 return; 6744 } 6745 6746 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6747 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6748 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6749 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6750 return; 6751 } 6752 6753 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6754 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6755 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6756 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6757 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6758 << 0 /*const*/; 6759 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6760 return; 6761 } 6762 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6763 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6764 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6765 return; 6766 } 6767 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6768 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6769 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6770 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6771 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6772 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6773 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6774 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6775 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6776 return; 6777 } 6778 } 6779 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6780 // __constant address space. 6781 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6782 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6783 // address space. 6784 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6785 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6786 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6787 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6788 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6789 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6790 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6791 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6792 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6793 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6794 else 6795 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6796 << Scope << "constant"; 6797 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6798 return; 6799 } 6800 } else { 6801 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6803 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6804 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6805 return; 6806 } 6807 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6808 // in functions. 6809 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6810 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6811 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6812 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6813 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6814 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6815 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6816 else 6817 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6818 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6820 return; 6821 } 6822 } 6823 } 6824 } 6825 6826 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6827 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6828 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6829 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6830 else { 6831 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6833 } 6834 } 6835 6836 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6837 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6838 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6839 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6840 6841 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6842 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6843 bool SizeIsNegative; 6844 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6845 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6846 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6847 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6848 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6849 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6850 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6851 // int a[10][n]; 6852 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6853 6854 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6855 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6856 << SizeRange; 6857 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6858 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6859 << SizeRange; 6860 else 6861 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6862 << SizeRange; 6863 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6864 return; 6865 } 6866 6867 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6868 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6869 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6870 else 6871 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6872 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6873 return; 6874 } 6875 6876 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6877 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6878 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6879 } 6880 6881 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6882 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6883 // of objects and functions. 6884 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6885 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6886 << T; 6887 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6888 return; 6889 } 6890 } 6891 6892 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6893 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6894 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6895 return; 6896 } 6897 6898 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6899 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6900 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6901 return; 6902 } 6903 6904 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6905 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6906 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6907 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 return; 6909 } 6910 } 6911 6912 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6913 /// declaration. 6914 /// 6915 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6916 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6917 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6918 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6919 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6920 /// 6921 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6922 /// 6923 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6924 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6925 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6926 6927 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6928 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6929 return false; 6930 6931 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6932 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6933 if (Previous.empty() && 6934 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6935 Previous.setShadowed(); 6936 6937 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6938 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6939 return true; 6940 } 6941 return false; 6942 } 6943 6944 namespace { 6945 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6946 Sema *S; 6947 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6948 6949 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6950 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6951 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6952 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6953 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6954 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6955 6956 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6957 6958 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6959 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6960 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6961 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6962 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6963 6964 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6965 } 6966 6967 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6968 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6969 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6970 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6971 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6972 return true; 6973 } 6974 } 6975 6976 return false; 6977 } 6978 }; 6979 6980 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6981 } // end anonymous namespace 6982 6983 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6984 /// overriden methods. 6985 /// 6986 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6987 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6988 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6989 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6990 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6991 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6992 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6993 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6994 I != E; ++I) { 6995 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6996 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6997 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6998 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6999 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7000 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7001 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7002 } 7003 } 7004 7005 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7006 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7007 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7008 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7009 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7010 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7011 FOM.Method = MD; 7012 FOM.S = this; 7013 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7014 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7015 bool AddedAny = false; 7016 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7017 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7018 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7019 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7020 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7021 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7022 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7023 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7024 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7025 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7026 AddedAny = true; 7027 } 7028 } 7029 } 7030 } 7031 7032 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7033 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7034 } 7035 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7036 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7037 } 7038 7039 return AddedAny; 7040 } 7041 7042 namespace { 7043 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7044 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7045 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7046 Scope *S; 7047 Declarator &D; 7048 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7049 bool AddToScope; 7050 }; 7051 } // end anonymous namespace 7052 7053 namespace { 7054 7055 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7056 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7057 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7058 public: 7059 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7060 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7061 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7062 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7063 7064 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7065 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7066 return false; 7067 7068 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7069 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7070 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7071 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7072 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7073 7074 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7075 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7076 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7077 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7078 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7079 return true; 7080 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7081 return true; 7082 } 7083 } 7084 } 7085 7086 return false; 7087 } 7088 7089 private: 7090 ASTContext &Context; 7091 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7092 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7093 }; 7094 7095 } // end anonymous namespace 7096 7097 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7098 /// 7099 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7100 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7101 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7102 /// the same name. 7103 /// 7104 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7105 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7106 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7107 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7108 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7109 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7110 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7111 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7112 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7113 TypoCorrection Correction; 7114 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7115 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7116 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7117 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7118 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7119 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7120 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7121 7122 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7123 if (IsLocalFriend) 7124 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7125 else 7126 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7127 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7128 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7129 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7130 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7131 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7132 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7133 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7134 if (FD && 7135 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7136 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7137 // involve a parameter 7138 unsigned ParamNum = 7139 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7140 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7141 } 7142 } 7143 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7144 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7145 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7146 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7147 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7148 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7149 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7150 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7151 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7152 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7153 Previous.clear(); 7154 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7155 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7156 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7157 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7158 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7159 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7160 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7161 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7162 } 7163 } 7164 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7165 7166 NamedDecl *Result; 7167 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7168 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7169 { 7170 // Trap errors. 7171 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7172 7173 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7174 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7175 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7176 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7177 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7178 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7179 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7180 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7181 7182 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7183 Result = nullptr; 7184 } 7185 7186 if (Result) { 7187 // Determine which correction we picked. 7188 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7189 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7190 I != E; ++I) 7191 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7192 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7193 7194 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7195 Correction, 7196 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7197 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7198 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7199 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7200 return Result; 7201 } 7202 7203 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7204 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7205 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7206 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7207 Previous.clear(); 7208 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7209 } 7210 7211 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7212 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7213 7214 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7215 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7216 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7217 7218 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7219 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7220 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7221 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7222 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7223 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7224 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7225 7226 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7227 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7228 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7229 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7230 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7231 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7232 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7233 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7234 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7235 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7236 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7237 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7238 } else 7239 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7240 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7241 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7242 } 7243 return nullptr; 7244 } 7245 7246 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7247 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7248 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7249 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7250 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7251 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7252 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7253 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7254 D.setInvalidType(); 7255 break; 7256 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7257 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7258 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7259 return SC_None; 7260 return SC_Extern; 7261 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7262 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7263 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7264 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7265 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7266 // other than extern 7267 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7268 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7269 diag::err_static_block_func); 7270 break; 7271 } else 7272 return SC_Static; 7273 } 7274 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7275 } 7276 7277 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7278 return SC_None; 7279 } 7280 7281 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7282 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7283 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7284 StorageClass SC, 7285 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7286 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7287 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7288 7289 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7290 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7291 7292 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7293 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7294 // prototype. This true when: 7295 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7296 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7297 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7298 bool HasPrototype = 7299 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7300 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7301 7302 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7303 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7304 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7305 HasPrototype, false); 7306 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7307 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7308 7309 return NewFD; 7310 } 7311 7312 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7313 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7314 7315 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7316 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7317 // the class has been completely parsed. 7318 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7319 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7320 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7321 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7322 D.setInvalidType(); 7323 7324 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7325 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7326 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7327 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7328 7329 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7330 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7331 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7332 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7333 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7334 isConstexpr); 7335 7336 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7337 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7338 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7339 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7340 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7341 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7342 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7343 D.getLocStart(), 7344 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7345 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7346 7347 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7348 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7349 // it yet. 7350 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7351 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7352 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7353 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7354 } 7355 7356 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7357 return NewDD; 7358 7359 } else { 7360 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7361 D.setInvalidType(); 7362 7363 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7364 // code path. 7365 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7366 D.getLocStart(), 7367 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7368 SC, isInline, 7369 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7370 } 7371 7372 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7373 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7374 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7375 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7376 return nullptr; 7377 } 7378 7379 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7380 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7381 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7382 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7383 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7384 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7385 7386 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7387 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7388 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7389 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7390 // constructor if it has no return type). 7391 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7392 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7393 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7394 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7395 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7396 return nullptr; 7397 } 7398 7399 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7400 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7401 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7402 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7403 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7404 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7405 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7406 return Ret; 7407 } else { 7408 bool isFriend = 7409 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7410 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7411 return nullptr; 7412 7413 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7414 // prototype. This true when: 7415 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7416 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7417 D.getLocStart(), 7418 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7419 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7420 } 7421 } 7422 7423 enum OpenCLParamType { 7424 ValidKernelParam, 7425 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7426 PtrKernelParam, 7427 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7428 InvalidKernelParam, 7429 RecordKernelParam 7430 }; 7431 7432 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7433 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7434 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7435 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7436 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7437 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7438 : PtrKernelParam; 7439 } 7440 7441 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7442 // be used as builtin types. 7443 7444 if (PT->isImageType()) 7445 return PtrKernelParam; 7446 7447 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7448 return InvalidKernelParam; 7449 7450 if (PT->isEventT()) 7451 return InvalidKernelParam; 7452 7453 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7454 return InvalidKernelParam; 7455 7456 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7457 return RecordKernelParam; 7458 7459 return ValidKernelParam; 7460 } 7461 7462 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7463 Sema &S, 7464 Declarator &D, 7465 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7466 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7467 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7468 7469 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7470 // used again 7471 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7472 return; 7473 7474 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7475 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7476 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7477 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7478 // pointer to a pointer type. 7479 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7480 D.setInvalidType(); 7481 return; 7482 7483 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7484 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7485 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7486 // pointer to the private address space. 7487 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7488 D.setInvalidType(); 7489 return; 7490 7491 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7492 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7493 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7494 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7495 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7496 7497 case InvalidKernelParam: 7498 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7499 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7500 // of event_t type. 7501 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7502 D.setInvalidType(); 7503 return; 7504 7505 case PtrKernelParam: 7506 case ValidKernelParam: 7507 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7508 return; 7509 7510 case RecordKernelParam: 7511 break; 7512 } 7513 7514 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7515 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7516 7517 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7518 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7519 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7520 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7521 7522 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7523 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7524 7525 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7526 7527 do { 7528 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7529 if (!Next) { 7530 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7531 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7532 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7533 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7534 7535 continue; 7536 } 7537 7538 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7539 // field itself) to the history stack. 7540 const RecordDecl *RD; 7541 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7542 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7543 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7544 } else { 7545 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7546 } 7547 7548 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7549 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7550 7551 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7552 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7553 7554 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7555 continue; 7556 7557 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7558 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7559 continue; 7560 7561 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7562 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7563 continue; 7564 } 7565 7566 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7567 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7568 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7569 // union. 7570 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7571 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7572 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7573 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7574 << PT->isUnionType() 7575 << PT; 7576 } else { 7577 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7578 } 7579 7580 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7581 << PD->getDeclName(); 7582 7583 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7584 // the offending field came from 7585 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7586 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7587 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7588 I != E; ++I) { 7589 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7590 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7591 << OuterField->getType(); 7592 } 7593 7594 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7595 << QT->isPointerType() 7596 << QT; 7597 D.setInvalidType(); 7598 return; 7599 } 7600 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7601 } 7602 7603 NamedDecl* 7604 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7605 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7606 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7607 bool &AddToScope) { 7608 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7609 7610 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7611 7612 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7613 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7614 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7615 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7616 7617 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7618 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7619 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7620 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7621 7622 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7623 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7624 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7625 7626 bool isFriend = false; 7627 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7628 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7629 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7630 7631 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7632 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7633 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7634 7635 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7636 7637 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7638 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7639 7640 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7641 isVirtualOkay); 7642 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7643 7644 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7645 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7646 7647 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7648 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7649 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7650 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7651 7652 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7653 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7654 7655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7656 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7657 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7658 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7659 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7660 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7661 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7662 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7663 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7664 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7665 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7666 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7667 } 7668 7669 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7670 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7671 // return true). 7672 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7673 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7674 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7675 NewFD->setPure(true); 7676 7677 // C++ [class.union]p2 7678 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7679 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7680 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7681 } 7682 7683 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7684 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7685 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7686 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7688 7689 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7690 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7691 bool Invalid = false; 7692 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7693 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7694 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7695 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7696 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7697 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7698 : nullptr, 7699 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7700 Invalid)) { 7701 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7702 // This is a function template 7703 7704 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7705 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7706 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7707 7708 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7709 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7710 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7711 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7712 } 7713 7714 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7715 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7716 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7717 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7718 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7719 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7720 Invalid = true; 7721 } 7722 7723 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7724 NewFD->getLocation(), 7725 Name, TemplateParams, 7726 NewFD); 7727 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7728 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7729 7730 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7731 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7732 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7733 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7734 } 7735 } else { 7736 // This is a function template specialization. 7737 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7738 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7739 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7740 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7741 7742 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7743 if (isFriend) { 7744 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7745 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7746 7747 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7748 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7749 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7750 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7751 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7752 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7753 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7754 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7755 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7756 } 7757 7758 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7759 << Name << RemoveRange 7760 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7761 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7762 } 7763 } 7764 } 7765 else { 7766 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7767 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7768 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7769 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7770 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7771 } 7772 7773 if (Invalid) { 7774 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7775 if (FunctionTemplate) 7776 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7777 } 7778 7779 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7780 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7781 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7782 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7783 // 7784 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7785 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7786 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7787 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7788 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7789 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7790 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7791 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7793 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7794 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7795 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7796 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7797 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7798 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7799 } else { 7800 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7801 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7802 } 7803 7804 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7805 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7806 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7807 } 7808 7809 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7810 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7811 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7812 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7813 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7814 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7815 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7816 // thing to do. 7817 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7818 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7819 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7820 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7821 QualType Result = 7822 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7823 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7824 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7825 } 7826 7827 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7828 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7829 // declaration. 7830 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7831 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7832 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7833 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7834 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7835 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7836 } 7837 } 7838 7839 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7840 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7841 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7842 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7843 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7844 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7845 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7846 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7847 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7848 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7849 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7850 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7851 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7852 // or conversion function. 7853 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7854 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7856 } 7857 } 7858 7859 if (isConstexpr) { 7860 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7861 // are implicitly inline. 7862 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7863 7864 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7865 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7866 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7867 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7868 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7869 } 7870 7871 if (isConcept) { 7872 // This is a function concept. 7873 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7874 FTD->setConcept(); 7875 7876 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7877 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7878 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7879 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7880 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7881 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7882 } 7883 7884 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7885 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7886 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7888 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7889 SourceRange Range; 7890 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7891 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7892 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7894 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7895 } else { 7896 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7897 } 7898 7899 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7900 // following restrictions: 7901 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7902 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7904 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 } 7906 7907 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7908 // following restrictions: 7909 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7910 // parameter list. 7911 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7912 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7913 } 7914 7915 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7916 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7917 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7918 7919 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7920 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7921 // specifiers, [...] 7922 if (isInline) { 7923 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7924 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7925 << 1 << 1; 7926 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7927 } 7928 7929 if (isFriend) { 7930 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7931 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7932 << 1 << 2; 7933 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7934 } 7935 7936 if (isConstexpr) { 7937 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7938 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7939 << 1 << 3; 7940 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7941 } 7942 7943 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7944 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7945 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7946 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7947 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7948 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7949 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7950 return NewFD; 7951 } 7952 } 7953 7954 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7955 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7956 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7957 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7958 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7959 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7960 << 0 7961 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7962 } else { 7963 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7964 if (FunctionTemplate) 7965 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7966 } 7967 } 7968 7969 if (isFriend) { 7970 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7971 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7972 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7973 } 7974 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7975 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7976 } 7977 7978 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7979 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7980 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7981 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7982 case FDK_Declaration: 7983 case FDK_Definition: 7984 break; 7985 7986 case FDK_Defaulted: 7987 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7988 break; 7989 7990 case FDK_Deleted: 7991 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7992 break; 7993 } 7994 7995 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7996 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7997 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7998 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7999 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8000 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8001 } 8002 8003 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8004 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8005 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8006 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8007 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8008 // the class. 8009 8010 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8011 // member function definition. 8012 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8013 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8014 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8015 } 8016 8017 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8018 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8019 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8020 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8021 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8022 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8023 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8024 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8025 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8026 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8027 } 8028 8029 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8030 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8031 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8032 isExplicitSpecialization || 8033 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8034 8035 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8036 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8037 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8038 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8039 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8040 SE->getString(), 0)); 8041 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8042 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8043 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8044 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8045 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8046 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8047 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8048 } else 8049 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8050 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8051 } 8052 } 8053 8054 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8055 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8056 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8057 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8058 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8059 8060 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8061 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8062 // single void argument. 8063 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8064 // already checks for that case. 8065 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8066 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8067 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8068 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8069 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8070 Params.push_back(Param); 8071 8072 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8073 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8074 } 8075 } 8076 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8077 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8078 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8079 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8080 // 8081 // @code 8082 // typedef void fn(int); 8083 // fn f; 8084 // @endcode 8085 8086 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8087 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8088 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8089 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8090 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8091 Params.push_back(Param); 8092 } 8093 } else { 8094 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8095 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8096 } 8097 8098 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8099 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8100 8101 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8102 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8103 // 8104 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8105 // 8106 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8107 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8108 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8109 8110 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8111 NewFD->addAttr( 8112 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8113 Context, 0)); 8114 8115 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8116 // because all functions have linkage. 8117 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8118 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8119 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8120 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8121 } 8122 8123 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8124 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8125 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8126 NewFD->addAttr( 8127 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8128 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8129 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8130 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8131 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8132 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8133 NewFD)) 8134 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8135 } 8136 8137 // Handle attributes. 8138 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8139 8140 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8141 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8142 8143 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8144 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8145 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8146 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8147 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8148 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8149 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8150 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8151 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8152 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8153 } 8154 } 8155 8156 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8157 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8158 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8159 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8160 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8161 8162 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8163 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8164 8165 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8166 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8167 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8168 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8169 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8170 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8171 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8172 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8173 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8174 8175 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8176 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8177 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8178 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8179 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8180 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8181 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8182 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8183 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8184 int DiagID = 8185 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8186 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8187 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8188 } 8189 } 8190 } else { 8191 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8192 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8193 // 8194 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8195 // 8196 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8197 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8198 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8199 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8200 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8201 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8202 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8203 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8204 8205 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8206 // argument list into our AST format. 8207 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8208 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8209 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8210 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8211 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8212 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8213 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8214 TemplateArgs); 8215 8216 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8217 8218 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8219 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8220 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8221 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8222 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8223 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8224 8225 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8226 } else { 8227 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8228 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8229 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8230 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8231 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8232 } 8233 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8234 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8235 // wrote something like: 8236 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8237 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8238 // friend void foo<>(int); 8239 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8240 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8241 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8242 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8243 } 8244 8245 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8246 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8247 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8248 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8249 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8250 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8251 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8252 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8253 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8254 InstantiationDependent))) { 8255 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8256 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8257 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8258 Previous)) 8259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8260 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8261 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8262 && !isFriend) { 8263 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8264 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8265 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8266 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8267 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8268 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8269 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8270 : nullptr), 8271 Previous)) 8272 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8273 8274 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8275 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8276 // specialization (14.7.3) 8277 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8278 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8279 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8280 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8281 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8282 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8283 << SC 8284 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8285 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8286 8287 else 8288 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8289 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8290 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8291 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8292 } 8293 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8294 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8295 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8296 } 8297 8298 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8299 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8300 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8301 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8302 8303 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8304 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8305 8306 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8307 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8308 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8309 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8310 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8311 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8312 } 8313 8314 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8315 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8316 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8317 8318 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8319 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8320 : NewFD); 8321 8322 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8323 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8324 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8325 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8326 8327 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8328 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8329 } 8330 8331 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8332 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8333 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8334 8335 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8336 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8337 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8338 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8339 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8340 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8341 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8342 : nullptr, 8343 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8344 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8345 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8346 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8347 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8348 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8349 DC->isDependentContext()) 8350 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8351 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8352 } 8353 8354 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8355 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8356 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8357 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8358 AddToScope }; 8359 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8360 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8361 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8362 8363 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8364 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8365 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8366 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8367 8368 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8369 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8370 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8371 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8372 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8373 // can actually do this check immediately. 8374 if (isFriend && 8375 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8376 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8377 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8378 // ignore these 8379 } else { 8380 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8381 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8382 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8383 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8384 // 8385 // class X { 8386 // void f() const; 8387 // }; 8388 // 8389 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8390 // 8391 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8392 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8393 // whether the parameter types are references). 8394 8395 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8396 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8397 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8398 return Result; 8399 } 8400 } 8401 8402 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8403 // to something. 8404 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8405 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8406 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8407 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8408 return Result; 8409 } 8410 } 8411 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8412 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8413 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8414 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8415 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8416 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8417 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8418 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8419 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8420 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8421 // generate them. 8422 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8423 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8424 } 8425 } 8426 8427 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8428 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8429 8430 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8431 8432 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8433 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8434 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8435 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8436 << NewFD; 8437 8438 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8439 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8440 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8441 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8442 EPI.Variadic = true; 8443 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8444 8445 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8446 NewFD->setType(R); 8447 } 8448 8449 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8450 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8451 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8452 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8453 8454 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8455 // marking the function. 8456 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8457 8458 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8459 // a pragma. 8460 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8461 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8462 8463 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8464 // the map of such variables. 8465 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8466 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8467 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8468 8469 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8470 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8471 8472 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8473 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8474 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8475 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8476 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8477 } 8478 8479 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8480 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8481 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8482 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8483 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8484 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8485 8486 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8487 } 8488 8489 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8490 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8491 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8492 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8493 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8494 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8495 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8496 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8497 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8498 } 8499 } 8500 8501 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8502 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8503 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8504 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8505 return FunctionTemplate; 8506 } 8507 } 8508 8509 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8510 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8511 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8512 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8513 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8514 D.setInvalidType(); 8515 } 8516 8517 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8518 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8519 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8520 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8521 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8522 : FixItHint()); 8523 D.setInvalidType(); 8524 } 8525 8526 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8527 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8528 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8529 } 8530 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8531 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8532 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8533 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8534 8535 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8536 // types. 8537 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8538 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8539 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8540 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8541 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8542 D.setInvalidType(); 8543 } 8544 } 8545 } 8546 } 8547 8548 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8549 8550 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8551 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8552 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8553 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8554 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8555 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8556 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8557 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8558 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8559 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8560 AddToScope = false; 8561 } 8562 8563 return NewFD; 8564 } 8565 8566 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8567 /// 8568 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8569 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8570 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8571 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8572 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8573 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8574 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8575 /// 8576 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8577 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8578 /// 8579 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8580 /// 8581 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8582 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8583 LookupResult &Previous, 8584 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8585 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8586 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8587 8588 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8589 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8590 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8591 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8592 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8593 8594 bool Redeclaration = false; 8595 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8596 8597 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8598 // the same name, if appropriate. 8599 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8600 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8601 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8602 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8603 // function to the scope. 8604 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8605 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8606 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8607 Redeclaration = true; 8608 OldDecl = Candidate; 8609 } 8610 } else { 8611 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8612 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8613 case Ovl_Match: 8614 Redeclaration = true; 8615 break; 8616 8617 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8618 Redeclaration = true; 8619 break; 8620 8621 case Ovl_Overload: 8622 Redeclaration = false; 8623 break; 8624 } 8625 8626 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8627 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8628 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8629 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8630 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8631 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8632 if (Redeclaration) 8633 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8634 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8635 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8636 if (OverloadedDecl) 8637 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8638 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8639 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8640 } 8641 } 8642 } 8643 8644 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8645 if (!Redeclaration && 8646 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8647 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8648 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8649 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8650 Redeclaration = true; 8651 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8652 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8653 8654 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8655 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8656 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8657 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8658 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8659 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8660 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8661 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8662 } 8663 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8664 Redeclaration = false; 8665 OldDecl = nullptr; 8666 } 8667 } 8668 } 8669 } 8670 8671 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8672 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8673 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8674 // 8675 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8676 // definition of a static member function. 8677 // 8678 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8679 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8680 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8682 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8683 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8684 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8685 if (OldDecl) 8686 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8687 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8688 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8689 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8690 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8691 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8692 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8693 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8694 8695 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8696 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8697 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8698 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8699 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8700 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8701 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8702 8703 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8704 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8705 } 8706 } 8707 } 8708 8709 if (Redeclaration) { 8710 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8711 // merged. 8712 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8713 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8714 return Redeclaration; 8715 } 8716 8717 Previous.clear(); 8718 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8719 8720 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8721 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8722 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8723 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8724 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8725 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8726 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8727 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8728 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8729 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8730 } 8731 8732 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8733 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8734 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8735 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8736 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8737 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8738 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8739 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8740 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8741 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8742 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8743 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8744 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 } else { 8749 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8750 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8751 8752 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8753 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8754 } 8755 } 8756 8757 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8758 8759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8760 // C++-specific checks. 8761 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8762 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8763 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8764 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8765 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8766 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8767 8768 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8769 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8770 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8771 DeclarationName Name 8772 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8773 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8774 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8775 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8776 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8777 return Redeclaration; 8778 } 8779 } 8780 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8781 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8782 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8783 } 8784 8785 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8786 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8787 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8788 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8789 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8790 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8791 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8792 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8793 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8794 } 8795 } 8796 } 8797 8798 if (Method->isStatic()) 8799 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8800 } 8801 8802 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8803 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8804 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8805 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8806 return Redeclaration; 8807 } 8808 8809 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8810 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8811 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8812 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8813 return Redeclaration; 8814 } 8815 8816 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8817 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8818 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8819 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8820 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8821 8822 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8823 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8824 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8825 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8826 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8827 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8828 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8829 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8830 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8831 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8832 } 8833 } 8834 8835 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8836 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8837 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8838 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8839 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8840 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8841 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8842 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8843 << NewFD << R; 8844 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8845 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8846 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8847 } 8848 } 8849 return Redeclaration; 8850 } 8851 8852 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8853 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8854 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8855 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8856 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8857 // appear in a declaration of main. 8858 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8859 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8860 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8861 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8862 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8863 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8864 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8865 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8866 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8867 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8868 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8869 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8870 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8871 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8872 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8873 } 8874 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8875 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8876 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8877 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8878 } 8879 8880 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8881 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8882 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8883 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8884 return; 8885 } 8886 8887 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8888 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8889 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8890 8891 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8892 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8893 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8894 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8895 8896 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8897 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8898 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8899 else { 8900 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8901 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8902 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8903 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8904 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8905 } 8906 } else { 8907 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8908 // set the flag which tells us that. 8909 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8910 8911 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8912 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8913 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8914 else { 8915 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8916 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8917 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8918 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8919 : FixItHint()); 8920 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8925 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8926 8927 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8928 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8929 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8930 8931 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8932 8933 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8935 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8936 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8937 } 8938 8939 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8940 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8941 // getting shifty. 8942 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8943 HasExtraParameters = false; 8944 8945 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8947 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8948 nparams = 3; 8949 } 8950 8951 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8952 // if we had some location information about types. 8953 8954 QualType CharPP = 8955 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8956 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8957 8958 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8959 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8960 8961 bool mismatch = true; 8962 8963 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8964 mismatch = false; 8965 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8966 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8967 // char const ** 8968 // char const * const * 8969 // char * const * 8970 8971 QualifierCollector qs; 8972 const PointerType* PT; 8973 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8974 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8975 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8976 Context.CharTy)) { 8977 qs.removeConst(); 8978 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8979 } 8980 } 8981 8982 if (mismatch) { 8983 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8984 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8985 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8986 } 8987 } 8988 8989 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8990 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8991 } 8992 8993 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8994 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8995 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8996 } 8997 } 8998 8999 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9000 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9001 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9002 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9003 9004 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9005 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9006 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9007 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9008 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9009 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9010 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9011 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9012 9013 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9014 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9015 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9016 } 9017 } 9018 9019 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9020 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9021 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9022 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9023 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9024 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9025 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9026 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9027 // rules there don't matter.) 9028 const Expr *Culprit; 9029 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9030 return false; 9031 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9032 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9033 return true; 9034 } 9035 9036 namespace { 9037 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9038 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9039 class SelfReferenceChecker 9040 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9041 Sema &S; 9042 Decl *OrigDecl; 9043 bool isRecordType; 9044 bool isPODType; 9045 bool isReferenceType; 9046 9047 bool isInitList; 9048 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9049 9050 public: 9051 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9052 9053 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9054 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9055 isPODType = false; 9056 isRecordType = false; 9057 isReferenceType = false; 9058 isInitList = false; 9059 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9060 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9061 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9062 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9063 } 9064 } 9065 9066 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9067 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9068 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9069 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9070 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9071 if (!InitList) { 9072 Visit(E); 9073 return; 9074 } 9075 9076 // Track and increment the index here. 9077 isInitList = true; 9078 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9079 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9080 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9081 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9082 } 9083 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9084 } 9085 9086 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9087 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9088 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9089 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9090 Expr *Base = E; 9091 bool ReferenceField = false; 9092 9093 // Get the field memebers used. 9094 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9095 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9096 if (!FD) 9097 return false; 9098 Fields.push_back(FD); 9099 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9100 ReferenceField = true; 9101 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9102 } 9103 9104 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9105 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9106 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9107 return false; 9108 9109 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9110 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9111 return true; 9112 9113 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9114 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9115 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9116 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9117 9118 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9119 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9120 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9121 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9122 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9123 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9124 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9125 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9126 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9127 return true; 9128 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9129 break; 9130 } 9131 9132 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9133 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9134 return true; 9135 } 9136 9137 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9138 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9139 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9140 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9141 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9142 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9143 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9144 return; 9145 } 9146 9147 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9148 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9149 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9150 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9151 return; 9152 } 9153 9154 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9155 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9156 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9157 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9158 return; 9159 } 9160 9161 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9162 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9163 return; 9164 } 9165 9166 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9167 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9168 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9169 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9170 return; 9171 } 9172 } 9173 9174 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9175 if (isInitList) { 9176 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9177 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9178 return; 9179 } 9180 9181 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9182 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9183 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9184 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9185 return; 9186 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9187 } 9188 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9189 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9190 return; 9191 } 9192 9193 Visit(E); 9194 } 9195 9196 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9197 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9198 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9199 if (isReferenceType) 9200 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9201 } 9202 9203 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9204 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9205 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9210 } 9211 9212 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9213 if (isInitList) { 9214 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9215 return; 9216 } 9217 9218 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9219 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9220 9221 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9222 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9223 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9224 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9225 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9226 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9227 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9228 Warn = false; 9229 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9230 } 9231 9232 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9233 if (Warn) 9234 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9235 return; 9236 } 9237 9238 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9239 // Visit that expression. 9240 Visit(Base); 9241 } 9242 9243 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9244 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9245 9246 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9247 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9248 9249 Visit(Callee); 9250 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9251 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9252 } 9253 9254 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9255 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9256 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9257 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9258 if (!isPODType) 9259 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9260 return; 9261 } 9262 9263 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9264 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9265 return; 9266 } 9267 9268 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9269 } 9270 9271 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9272 9273 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9274 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9275 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9276 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9277 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9278 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9279 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9280 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9281 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9282 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9283 return; 9284 } 9285 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9286 } 9287 9288 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9289 // Treat std::move as a use. 9290 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9291 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9292 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9293 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9294 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9295 return; 9296 } 9297 } 9298 } 9299 9300 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9301 } 9302 9303 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9304 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9305 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9306 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9307 return; 9308 } 9309 9310 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9311 } 9312 9313 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9314 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9315 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9316 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9317 Visit(E->getCond()); 9318 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9319 } 9320 9321 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9322 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9323 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9324 unsigned diag; 9325 if (isReferenceType) { 9326 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9327 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9328 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9329 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9330 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9331 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9332 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9333 } else { 9334 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9335 return; 9336 } 9337 9338 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9339 S.PDiag(diag) 9340 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9341 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9342 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9343 } 9344 }; 9345 9346 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9347 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9348 bool DirectInit) { 9349 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9350 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9351 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9352 return; 9353 9354 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9355 9356 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9357 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9358 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9359 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9360 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9361 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9362 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9363 return; 9364 9365 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9366 } 9367 } // end anonymous namespace 9368 9369 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9370 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9371 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9372 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9373 Expr *Init) { 9374 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9375 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9376 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9377 9378 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9379 if (DirectInit) { 9380 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9381 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9382 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9383 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9384 } 9385 9386 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9387 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9388 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9389 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9390 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9391 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9392 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9393 << Name << Type << Range; 9394 return QualType(); 9395 } 9396 9397 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9398 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9399 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9400 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9401 << Name << Type << Range; 9402 return QualType(); 9403 } 9404 9405 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9406 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9407 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9408 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9409 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9410 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9411 return QualType(); 9412 } 9413 9414 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9415 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9416 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9417 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9418 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9419 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9420 return QualType(); 9421 } 9422 Init = Result.get(); 9423 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9424 } 9425 9426 QualType DeducedType; 9427 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9428 if (!IsInitCapture) 9429 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9430 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9431 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9432 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9433 << Name 9434 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9435 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9436 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9437 else 9438 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9439 << Name << TSI->getType() 9440 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9441 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9442 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9443 } 9444 9445 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9446 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9447 // checks. 9448 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9449 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9450 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9451 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9452 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9453 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9454 } 9455 9456 return DeducedType; 9457 } 9458 9459 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9460 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9461 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9462 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9463 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9464 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9465 // the initializer. 9466 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9467 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9468 return; 9469 } 9470 9471 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9472 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9473 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9474 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9475 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9476 return; 9477 } 9478 9479 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9480 if (!VDecl) { 9481 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9482 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9483 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9484 return; 9485 } 9486 9487 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9488 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9489 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9490 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9491 // TypoExpr. 9492 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9493 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9494 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9495 return; 9496 } 9497 Init = Res.get(); 9498 9499 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9500 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9501 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9502 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9503 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9504 return; 9505 } 9506 9507 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9508 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9509 9510 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9511 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9512 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9513 9514 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9515 // the previously declared type. 9516 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9517 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9518 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9519 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9520 } 9521 9522 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9523 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9524 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9525 return; 9526 } 9527 9528 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9529 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9530 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9531 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9532 return; 9533 } 9534 9535 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9536 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9537 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9538 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9539 return; 9540 } 9541 9542 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9543 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9544 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9545 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9546 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9547 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9548 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9549 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9550 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9551 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9552 return; 9553 } 9554 9555 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9556 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9557 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9558 AbstractVariableType)) 9559 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9560 } 9561 9562 VarDecl *Def; 9563 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9564 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9565 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9566 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9567 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9568 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9569 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9570 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9571 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9572 } else { 9573 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9574 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9575 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9576 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9577 return; 9578 } 9579 } 9580 9581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9582 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9583 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9584 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9585 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9586 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9587 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9588 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9589 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9590 // 9591 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9592 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9593 // declaration with an initializer. 9594 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9595 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9596 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9597 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9598 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9599 << 0; 9600 return; 9601 } 9602 9603 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9604 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9605 9606 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9607 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9608 return; 9609 } 9610 } 9611 9612 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9613 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9614 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9615 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9616 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9617 return; 9618 } 9619 9620 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9621 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9622 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9623 9624 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9625 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9626 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9627 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9628 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9629 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9630 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9631 return; 9632 } 9633 Init = Result.get(); 9634 } 9635 9636 // Perform the initialization. 9637 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9638 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9639 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9640 InitializationKind Kind = 9641 DirectInit 9642 ? CXXDirectInit 9643 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9644 Init->getLocStart(), 9645 Init->getLocEnd()) 9646 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9647 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9648 Init->getLocStart()); 9649 9650 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9651 if (CXXDirectInit) 9652 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9653 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9654 9655 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9656 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9657 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9658 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9659 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9660 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9661 }); 9662 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9663 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9664 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9665 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9666 } 9667 } 9668 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9669 return; 9670 9671 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9672 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9673 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9674 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9675 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9676 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 return; 9678 } 9679 9680 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9681 } 9682 9683 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9684 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9685 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9686 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9687 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9688 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9689 } 9690 9691 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9692 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9693 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9694 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9695 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9696 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9697 9698 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9699 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9700 9701 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9702 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9703 9704 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9705 // Although this code can still have problems: 9706 // id x = self.weakProp; 9707 // id y = self.weakProp; 9708 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9709 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9710 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9711 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9712 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9713 Init->getLocStart())) 9714 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9715 } 9716 9717 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9718 // 9719 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9720 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9721 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9722 // 9723 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9724 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9725 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9726 // 9727 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9728 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9729 false, 9730 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9731 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9732 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9733 return; 9734 } 9735 Init = Result.get(); 9736 9737 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9738 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9739 9740 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9741 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9742 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9743 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9744 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9745 const Expr *Culprit; 9746 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9747 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9748 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9749 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9750 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9751 // constant expressions. 9752 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9753 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9754 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9755 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9756 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9757 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9758 } 9759 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9760 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9761 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9762 // 9763 // struct S { 9764 // static const int value = 17; 9765 // }; 9766 9767 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9768 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9769 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9770 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9771 // 9772 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9773 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9774 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9775 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9776 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9777 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9778 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9779 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9780 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9781 9782 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9783 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9784 9785 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9786 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9787 // type. 9788 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9789 9790 // Require constness. 9791 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9792 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9793 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9794 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9795 9796 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9797 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9798 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9799 SourceLocation Loc; 9800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9801 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9802 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9803 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9804 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9805 ; // Nothing to check. 9806 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9807 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9808 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9809 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9810 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9811 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9812 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9813 } else { 9814 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9815 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9816 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9817 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9818 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9819 } 9820 9821 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9822 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9823 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9824 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9826 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9827 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9828 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9829 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9830 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9831 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9832 } else { 9833 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9834 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9835 9836 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9837 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9838 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9839 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9840 } 9841 } 9842 9843 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9844 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9845 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9846 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9847 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9848 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9849 9850 } else { 9851 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9852 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9853 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9854 } 9855 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9856 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9857 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9858 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9859 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9860 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9861 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9862 9863 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9864 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9865 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9866 } 9867 9868 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9869 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9870 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9871 // 9872 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9873 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9874 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9875 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9876 // special case code. 9877 9878 // C++ 8.5p11: 9879 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9880 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9881 // class type. 9882 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9883 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9884 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9885 } else if (DirectInit) { 9886 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9887 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9888 } 9889 9890 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9891 } 9892 9893 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9894 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9895 /// of sanity. 9896 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9897 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9898 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9899 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9900 9901 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9902 if (!VD) return; 9903 9904 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9905 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9906 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9907 return; 9908 } 9909 9910 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9911 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9912 9913 // Require a complete type. 9914 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9915 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9916 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9917 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9918 return; 9919 } 9920 9921 // Require a non-abstract type. 9922 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9923 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9924 AbstractVariableType)) { 9925 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9926 return; 9927 } 9928 9929 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9930 // though. 9931 } 9932 9933 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9934 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9935 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9936 if (!RealDecl) 9937 return; 9938 9939 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9940 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9941 9942 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9943 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9944 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9945 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9946 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9947 return; 9948 } 9949 9950 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9951 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9952 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9953 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9954 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9955 // member. 9956 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9957 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9958 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9959 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9960 << Var->getDeclName(); 9961 else 9962 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9963 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9964 return; 9965 } 9966 9967 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9968 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9969 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9970 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9971 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9972 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9973 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9974 return; 9975 } 9976 } 9977 9978 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9979 // be initialized. 9980 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9981 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9982 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9983 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9984 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9985 return; 9986 } 9987 9988 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9989 case VarDecl::Definition: 9990 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9991 break; 9992 9993 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9994 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9995 // a declaration. 9996 // 9997 // Fall through 9998 9999 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10000 // It's only a declaration. 10001 10002 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10003 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10004 // object shall be complete. 10005 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10006 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10007 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10008 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10009 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10010 10011 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10012 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10013 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10014 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10015 AbstractVariableType)) 10016 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10017 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10018 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10019 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10020 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10021 } 10022 10023 return; 10024 10025 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10026 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10027 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10028 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10029 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10030 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10031 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10032 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10033 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10034 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10035 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10036 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10037 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10038 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10039 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10040 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10041 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10042 // NOTE: code such as the following 10043 // static struct s; 10044 // struct s { int a; }; 10045 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10046 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10047 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10048 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10049 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10050 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10051 } 10052 } 10053 10054 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10055 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10056 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10057 return; 10058 } 10059 10060 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10061 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10062 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10063 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10064 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10065 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10066 return; 10067 } 10068 10069 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10070 // definitions with reference type. 10071 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10072 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10073 << Var->getDeclName() 10074 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10075 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10076 return; 10077 } 10078 10079 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10080 // variable with dependent type. 10081 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10082 return; 10083 10084 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10085 return; 10086 10087 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10088 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10089 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10090 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10091 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10092 return; 10093 } 10094 } else { 10095 return; 10096 } 10097 10098 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10099 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10100 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10101 AbstractVariableType)) { 10102 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10103 return; 10104 } 10105 10106 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10107 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10108 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10109 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10110 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10111 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10112 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10113 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10114 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10115 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10116 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10117 if (const RecordType *Record 10118 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10119 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10120 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10121 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10122 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10123 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10124 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10125 } 10126 } 10127 10128 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10129 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10130 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10131 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10132 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10133 // type shall have a user-declared default 10134 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10135 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10136 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10137 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10138 // program is ill-formed. 10139 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10140 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10141 // default-initialized; [...]. 10142 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10143 InitializationKind Kind 10144 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10145 10146 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10147 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10148 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10149 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10150 else if (Init.get()) { 10151 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10152 // This is important for template substitution. 10153 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10154 } 10155 10156 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10157 } 10158 } 10159 10160 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10161 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10162 if (!D) 10163 return; 10164 10165 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10166 if (!VD) { 10167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10168 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10169 return; 10170 } 10171 10172 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10173 10174 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10175 int Error = -1; 10176 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10177 case SC_None: 10178 break; 10179 case SC_Extern: 10180 Error = 0; 10181 break; 10182 case SC_Static: 10183 Error = 1; 10184 break; 10185 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10186 Error = 2; 10187 break; 10188 case SC_Auto: 10189 Error = 3; 10190 break; 10191 case SC_Register: 10192 Error = 4; 10193 break; 10194 } 10195 if (Error != -1) { 10196 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10197 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10198 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10199 } 10200 } 10201 10202 StmtResult 10203 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10204 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10205 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10206 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10207 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10208 // A range-based for statement of the form 10209 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10210 // is equivalent to 10211 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10212 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10213 10214 const char *PrevSpec; 10215 unsigned DiagID; 10216 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10217 getPrintingPolicy()); 10218 10219 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10220 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10221 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10222 10223 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10224 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10225 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10226 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10227 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10228 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10229 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10230 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10231 } 10232 10233 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10234 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10235 10236 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10237 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10238 // initialiser 10239 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10240 !var->hasInit()) { 10241 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10242 << 1 /*Init*/; 10243 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10244 return; 10245 } 10246 } 10247 10248 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10249 // local retaining variable. 10250 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10251 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10252 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10253 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10254 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10255 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10256 break; 10257 10258 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10259 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10260 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10261 break; 10262 } 10263 } 10264 10265 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10266 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10267 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10268 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10269 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10270 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10271 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10272 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10273 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10274 var->getLocation())) { 10275 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10276 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10277 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10278 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10279 10280 if (!prev) 10281 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10282 } 10283 10284 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10285 const Expr *Culprit; 10286 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10287 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10288 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10289 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10290 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10291 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10292 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10293 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10294 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10295 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10296 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10297 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10298 // initialization. 10299 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10300 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10301 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10303 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10304 } 10305 } 10306 10307 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10308 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10309 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10310 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10311 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10312 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10313 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10314 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10315 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10316 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10317 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10318 } else { 10319 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10320 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10321 } 10322 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10323 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10324 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10325 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10326 } 10327 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10328 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10329 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10330 10331 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10332 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10333 // attribute. 10334 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10335 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10336 CurInitSegLoc)); 10337 } 10338 10339 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10340 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10341 10342 QualType type = var->getType(); 10343 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10344 10345 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10346 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10347 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10348 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10349 10350 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10351 // constructing this copy. 10352 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10353 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10354 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10355 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10356 ExprResult result 10357 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10358 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10359 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10360 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10361 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10362 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10363 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10364 } 10365 } 10366 } 10367 10368 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10369 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10370 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10371 10372 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10373 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10374 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10375 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10376 var->getLocation())) { 10377 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10378 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10379 // warned about them. 10380 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10381 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10382 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10383 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10384 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10385 } 10386 10387 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10388 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10389 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10390 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10391 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10392 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10393 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10394 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10395 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10396 Notes.clear(); 10397 } 10398 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10399 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10400 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10401 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10402 } 10403 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10404 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10405 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10406 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10407 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10408 } 10409 } 10410 10411 // Require the destructor. 10412 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10413 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10414 } 10415 10416 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10417 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10418 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10419 return true; 10420 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10421 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10422 return true; 10423 return false; 10424 } 10425 10426 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10427 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10428 void 10429 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10430 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10431 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10432 10433 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10434 if (!VD) 10435 return; 10436 10437 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10438 10439 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10440 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10441 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10442 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10443 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10444 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10445 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10446 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10447 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10448 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10449 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10450 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10451 } 10452 } 10453 } 10454 10455 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10456 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10457 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10458 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10459 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10460 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10461 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10462 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10463 } 10464 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10465 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10466 // static storage class. 10467 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10468 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10469 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10470 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10471 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10472 } 10473 } 10474 } 10475 10476 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10477 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10478 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10479 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10480 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10481 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10482 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10483 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && 10484 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10485 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10486 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10487 bool AllowedInit = false; 10488 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10489 AllowedInit = 10490 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10491 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10492 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10493 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10494 if (!AllowedInit && 10495 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10496 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10497 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10498 10499 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10500 if (AllowedInit) 10501 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10502 AllowedInit = 10503 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10504 10505 if (!AllowedInit) { 10506 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10507 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10508 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10509 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10510 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10511 } 10512 } 10513 } 10514 10515 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10516 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10517 10518 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10519 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10520 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10521 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10522 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10523 // with a warning. 10524 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10525 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10526 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10527 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10528 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10529 10530 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10531 IsClassTemplateMember 10532 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10533 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10534 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10535 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10536 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10537 } 10538 } 10539 10540 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10541 // isn't exported with the variable. 10542 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10543 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10544 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10545 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10546 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10547 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10548 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10549 } else { 10550 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10551 << DLLAttr; 10552 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10553 } 10554 } 10555 10556 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10557 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10558 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10559 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10560 } 10561 } 10562 10563 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10564 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10565 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10566 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10567 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10568 10569 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10570 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10571 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10572 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10573 10574 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10575 // tag values. 10576 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10577 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10578 return; 10579 10580 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10581 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10582 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10583 continue; 10584 } 10585 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10586 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10587 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10588 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10589 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10590 continue; 10591 } 10592 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10593 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10594 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10595 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10596 continue; 10597 } 10598 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10599 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10600 MagicValue, 10601 I->getMatchingCType(), 10602 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10603 I->getMustBeNull()); 10604 } 10605 } 10606 10607 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10608 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10609 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10610 10611 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10612 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10613 10614 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10615 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10616 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10617 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10618 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10619 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10620 Decls.push_back(D); 10621 } 10622 10623 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10624 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10625 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10626 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10627 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10628 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10629 } 10630 } 10631 10632 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10633 } 10634 10635 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10636 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10637 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10638 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10639 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10640 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10641 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10642 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10643 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10644 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10645 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10646 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10647 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10648 QualType Deduced; 10649 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10650 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10651 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10652 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10653 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10654 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10655 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10656 break; 10657 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10658 if (!U.isNull()) { 10659 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10660 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10661 Deduced = U; 10662 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10663 DeducedDecl = D; 10664 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10665 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10666 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10667 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10668 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10669 << U << D->getDeclName() 10670 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10671 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10672 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10673 break; 10674 } 10675 } 10676 } 10677 } 10678 } 10679 10680 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10681 10682 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10683 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10684 } 10685 10686 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10687 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10688 } 10689 10690 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10691 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10692 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10693 return; 10694 10695 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10696 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10697 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10698 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10699 return; 10700 10701 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10702 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10703 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10704 // additional declaration references: 10705 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10706 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10707 // 'struct S *pS;' 10708 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10709 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10710 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10711 Group = Group.slice(1); 10712 } 10713 } 10714 10715 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10716 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10717 if (!Comments.empty() && 10718 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10719 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10720 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10721 // 10722 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10723 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10724 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10725 // ahead through comments. 10726 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10727 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10728 } 10729 } 10730 10731 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10732 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10733 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10734 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10735 10736 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10737 10738 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10739 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10740 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10741 SC = SC_Register; 10742 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10743 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10744 SC = SC_Auto; 10745 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10746 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10747 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10748 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10749 } 10750 10751 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10752 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10753 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10754 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10755 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10756 << 0; 10757 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10758 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10759 10760 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10761 10762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10763 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10764 10765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10766 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10767 // parameter. 10768 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10769 10770 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10771 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10772 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10773 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10774 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10775 } 10776 } 10777 10778 // Ensure we have a valid name 10779 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10780 if (D.hasName()) { 10781 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10782 if (!II) { 10783 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10784 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10785 D.setInvalidType(true); 10786 } 10787 } 10788 10789 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10790 if (II) { 10791 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10792 ForRedeclaration); 10793 LookupName(R, S); 10794 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10795 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10796 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10797 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10798 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10799 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10800 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10801 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10802 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10803 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10804 10805 // Recover by removing the name 10806 II = nullptr; 10807 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10808 D.setInvalidType(true); 10809 } 10810 } 10811 } 10812 10813 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10814 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10815 // looking like class members in C++. 10816 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10817 D.getLocStart(), 10818 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10819 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10820 SC); 10821 10822 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10823 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 10825 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10826 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10827 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10828 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10829 10830 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10831 S->AddDecl(New); 10832 if (II) 10833 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10834 10835 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10836 10837 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10838 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10839 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10840 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10841 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10842 10843 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10844 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10845 } 10846 return New; 10847 } 10848 10849 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10850 /// typedef. 10851 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10852 SourceLocation Loc, 10853 QualType T) { 10854 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10855 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10856 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10857 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10858 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10859 SC_None, nullptr); 10860 Param->setImplicit(); 10861 return Param; 10862 } 10863 10864 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10865 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10866 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10867 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10868 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10869 return; 10870 10871 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10872 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10873 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10874 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10875 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10876 } 10877 } 10878 } 10879 10880 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10881 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10882 QualType ReturnTy, 10883 NamedDecl *D) { 10884 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10885 return; 10886 10887 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10888 // threshold. 10889 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10890 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10891 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10892 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10893 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10894 } 10895 10896 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10897 // threshold. 10898 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10899 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10900 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10901 continue; 10902 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10903 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10904 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10905 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10906 } 10907 } 10908 10909 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10910 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10911 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10912 StorageClass SC) { 10913 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10914 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10915 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10916 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10917 10918 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10919 10920 // Special cases for arrays: 10921 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10922 // - otherwise, it's an error 10923 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10924 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10925 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10926 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10927 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10928 } 10929 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10930 } else { 10931 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10932 } 10933 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10934 } 10935 10936 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10937 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10938 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10939 10940 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10941 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10942 // the class has been completely parsed. 10943 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10944 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10945 AbstractParamType)) 10946 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10947 10948 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10949 // passed by reference. 10950 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10951 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10952 Diag(NameLoc, 10953 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10954 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10955 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10956 New->setType(T); 10957 } 10958 10959 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10960 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10961 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10962 // an address space. 10963 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10964 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10965 // to be qualified with an address space. 10966 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10967 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10968 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10969 } 10970 } 10971 10972 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10973 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10974 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10975 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10976 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10977 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10978 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10979 } 10980 } 10981 10982 return New; 10983 } 10984 10985 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10986 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10987 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10988 10989 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10990 // for a K&R function. 10991 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10992 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10993 --i; 10994 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10995 SmallString<256> Code; 10996 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10997 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10998 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10999 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11000 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11001 11002 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11003 // type. 11004 AttributeFactory attrs; 11005 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11006 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11007 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11008 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11009 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11010 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11011 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11012 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11013 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11014 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11015 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11016 } 11017 } 11018 } 11019 } 11020 11021 Decl * 11022 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11023 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11024 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11025 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11026 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11027 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11028 11029 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11030 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11031 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11032 } 11033 11034 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11035 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11036 } 11037 11038 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11039 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11040 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11041 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11042 return false; 11043 11044 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11045 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11046 return false; 11047 11048 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11049 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11050 return false; 11051 11052 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11053 if (FD->isMain()) 11054 return false; 11055 11056 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11057 if (FD->isInlined()) 11058 return false; 11059 11060 // Don't warn about function templates. 11061 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11062 return false; 11063 11064 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11065 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11066 return false; 11067 11068 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11069 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11070 return false; 11071 11072 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11073 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11074 return false; 11075 11076 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11077 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11078 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11079 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11080 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11081 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11082 continue; 11083 11084 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11085 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11086 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11087 break; 11088 } 11089 11090 return MissingPrototype; 11091 } 11092 11093 void 11094 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11095 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11096 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11097 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11098 // was an extern inline function. 11099 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11100 if (!Definition) 11101 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11102 return; 11103 11104 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11105 return; 11106 11107 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11108 // a template, skip the new definition. 11109 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11110 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11111 Definition->isInlined() || 11112 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11113 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11114 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11115 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11116 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11117 else 11118 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11119 FD->getLocation()); 11120 return; 11121 } 11122 11123 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11124 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11126 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11127 else 11128 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11129 11130 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11131 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11132 } 11133 11134 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11135 Sema &S) { 11136 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11137 11138 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11139 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11140 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11141 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11142 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11143 11144 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11145 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11146 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11147 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11148 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11149 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11150 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11151 11152 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11153 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11154 11155 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11156 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11157 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11158 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11159 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11160 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11161 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11162 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11163 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11164 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11165 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11166 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11167 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11168 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11169 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11170 11171 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11172 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11173 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11174 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11175 } else { 11176 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11177 } 11178 ++I; 11179 } 11180 } 11181 11182 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11183 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11184 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11185 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11186 11187 if (!D) 11188 return D; 11189 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11190 11191 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11192 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11193 else 11194 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11195 11196 // See if this is a redefinition. 11197 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11198 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11199 11200 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11201 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11202 return D; 11203 } 11204 11205 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11206 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11207 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11208 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11209 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11210 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11211 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11212 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11213 // have the LSI properly restored. 11214 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11215 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11216 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11217 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11218 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11219 } 11220 else 11221 // Enter a new function scope 11222 PushFunctionScope(); 11223 11224 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11225 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11226 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11227 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11228 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11229 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11230 } 11231 } 11232 11233 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11234 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11235 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11236 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11237 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11238 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11239 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11240 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11241 11242 if (FnBodyScope) 11243 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11244 11245 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11246 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11247 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11248 11249 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11250 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11251 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11252 11253 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11254 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11255 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11256 11257 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11258 } 11259 } 11260 11261 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11262 // introduce them into the function scope. 11263 if (FnBodyScope) { 11264 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11265 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11266 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11267 I != E; ++I) { 11268 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11269 11270 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11271 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11272 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11273 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11274 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11275 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11276 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11277 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11278 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11279 } 11280 11281 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11282 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11283 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11284 11285 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11286 // accessible in this scope. 11287 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11288 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11289 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11290 } 11291 } 11292 } 11293 11294 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11295 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11296 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11297 11298 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11299 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11300 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11301 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11302 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11303 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11304 return D; 11305 } 11306 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11307 // a function template). 11308 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11309 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11310 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11311 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11312 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11313 11314 return D; 11315 } 11316 11317 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11318 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11319 /// optimization. 11320 /// 11321 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11322 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11323 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11324 /// use the named return value optimization. 11325 /// 11326 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11327 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11328 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11329 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11330 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11331 11332 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11333 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11334 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11335 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11336 } 11337 } 11338 } 11339 11340 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11341 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11342 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11343 return false; 11344 11345 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11346 // return type (yet). 11347 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11348 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11349 // we can still delay parsing it. 11350 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11351 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11352 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11353 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11354 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11355 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11356 } 11357 } 11358 return false; 11359 } 11360 11361 return true; 11362 } 11363 11364 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11365 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11366 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11367 // rest of the file. 11368 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11369 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11370 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11371 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11372 return false; 11373 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11374 } 11375 11376 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11377 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11378 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11379 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11380 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11381 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11382 } 11383 11384 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11385 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11386 } 11387 11388 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11389 bool IsInstantiation) { 11390 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11391 11392 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11393 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11394 11395 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11396 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11397 11398 if (FD) { 11399 FD->setBody(Body); 11400 11401 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11402 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11403 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11404 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11405 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11406 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11407 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11408 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11409 << FD->getReturnType(); 11410 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11411 } else { 11412 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11413 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11414 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11415 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11416 } 11417 } 11418 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11419 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11420 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11421 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11422 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11423 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11424 11425 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11426 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11427 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11428 QualType RetType = 11429 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11430 11431 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11432 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11433 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11434 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11435 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11436 } 11437 } 11438 11439 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11440 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11441 // is the first declaration. 11442 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11443 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11444 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11445 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11446 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11447 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11448 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11449 } 11450 11451 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11452 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11453 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11454 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11455 11456 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11457 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11458 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11459 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11460 11461 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11462 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11463 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11464 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11465 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11466 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11467 11468 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11469 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11470 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11471 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11472 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11473 11474 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11475 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11476 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11478 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11479 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11480 } 11481 11482 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11483 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11484 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11485 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11486 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11487 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11488 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11489 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11490 11491 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11492 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11493 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11494 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11495 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11496 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11497 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11498 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11499 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11500 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11501 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11502 } 11503 } 11504 } 11505 11506 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11507 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11508 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11509 MD->isVirtual() && 11510 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11511 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11512 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11513 if (FD->isInlined() && 11514 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11515 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11516 11517 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11518 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11519 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11520 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11521 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11522 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11523 } else { 11524 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11525 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11526 } 11527 } 11528 } 11529 11530 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11531 "Function parsing confused"); 11532 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11533 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11534 MD->setBody(Body); 11535 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11536 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11537 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11538 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11539 11540 if (Body) 11541 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11542 } 11543 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11544 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11545 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11546 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11547 } 11548 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11549 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11550 bool isDesignated = 11551 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11552 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11553 (void)isDesignated; 11554 11555 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11556 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11557 if (!IFace) 11558 return false; 11559 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11560 if (!SuperD) 11561 return false; 11562 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11563 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11564 }; 11565 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11566 // of NSObject. 11567 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11568 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11569 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11570 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11571 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11572 } 11573 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11574 } 11575 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11576 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11577 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11578 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11579 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11580 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11581 } 11582 } else { 11583 return nullptr; 11584 } 11585 11586 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11587 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11588 "handled in the block above."); 11589 11590 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11591 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11592 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11593 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11594 // Verify this. 11595 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11596 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11597 11598 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11599 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11600 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11601 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11602 11603 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11604 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11605 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11606 11607 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11608 Destructor->getParent()); 11609 } 11610 11611 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11612 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11613 // deletion in some later function. 11614 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11615 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11616 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11617 } 11618 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11619 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11620 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11621 // enabled. 11622 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11623 } 11624 11625 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11626 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11627 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11628 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11629 11630 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11631 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11632 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11633 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11634 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11635 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11636 break; 11637 } 11638 } 11639 } 11640 11641 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11642 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11643 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11644 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11645 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11646 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11647 } 11648 11649 if (!IsInstantiation) 11650 PopDeclContext(); 11651 11652 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11653 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11654 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11655 // deletion in some later function. 11656 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11657 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11658 } 11659 11660 return dcl; 11661 } 11662 11663 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11664 /// relevant Decl. 11665 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11666 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11667 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11668 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11669 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11670 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11671 11672 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11673 if (Method->isStatic()) 11674 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11675 } 11676 11677 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11678 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11679 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11680 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11681 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11682 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11683 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11684 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11685 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11686 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11687 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11688 return ExternCPrev; 11689 } 11690 11691 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11692 unsigned diag_id; 11693 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11694 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11695 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11696 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11697 else 11698 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11699 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11700 11701 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11702 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11703 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11704 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11705 if (S && 11706 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11707 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11708 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11709 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11710 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11711 } 11712 11713 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11714 const char *Dummy; 11715 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11716 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11717 unsigned DiagID; 11718 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11719 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11720 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11721 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11722 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11723 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11724 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11725 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11726 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11727 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11728 /*NumParams=*/0, 11729 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11730 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11731 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11732 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11733 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11734 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11735 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11736 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11737 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11738 EST_None, 11739 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11740 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11741 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11742 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11743 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11744 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11745 Loc, Loc, D), 11746 DS.getAttributes(), 11747 SourceLocation()); 11748 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11749 11750 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11751 11752 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11753 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11754 11755 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11756 FD->setImplicit(); 11757 11758 CurContext = PrevDC; 11759 11760 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11761 11762 return FD; 11763 } 11764 11765 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11766 /// the declaration of this function. 11767 /// 11768 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11769 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11770 /// like NSLog or printf. 11771 /// 11772 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11773 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11774 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11775 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11776 return; 11777 11778 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11779 // actual attributes. 11780 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11781 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11782 unsigned FormatIdx; 11783 bool HasVAListArg; 11784 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11785 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11786 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11787 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11788 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11789 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11790 fmt = "NSString"; 11791 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11792 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11793 FormatIdx+1, 11794 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11795 FD->getLocation())); 11796 } 11797 } 11798 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11799 HasVAListArg)) { 11800 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11801 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11802 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11803 FormatIdx+1, 11804 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11805 FD->getLocation())); 11806 } 11807 11808 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11809 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11810 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11811 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11812 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11813 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11814 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11815 } 11816 11817 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11818 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11819 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11820 FD->getLocation())); 11821 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11822 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11823 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11824 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11825 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11826 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11827 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11828 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11829 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11830 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11831 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11832 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11833 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11834 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11835 else 11836 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11837 } 11838 } 11839 11840 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11841 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11842 // across. 11843 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11844 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11845 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11846 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11847 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11848 } 11849 11850 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11851 if (!Name) 11852 return; 11853 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11854 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11855 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11856 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11857 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11858 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11859 // about. 11860 } else 11861 return; 11862 11863 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11864 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11865 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11866 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11867 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11868 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11869 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11870 FD->getLocation())); 11871 } 11872 11873 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11874 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11875 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11876 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11877 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11878 FD->getLocation())); 11879 } 11880 } 11881 11882 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11883 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11884 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11885 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11886 11887 if (!TInfo) { 11888 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11889 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11890 } 11891 11892 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11893 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11894 D.getLocStart(), 11895 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11896 D.getIdentifier(), 11897 TInfo); 11898 11899 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11900 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11901 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11902 return NewTD; 11903 } 11904 11905 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11906 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11907 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11908 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11909 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11910 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11911 else 11912 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11913 } 11914 11915 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11916 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11917 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11918 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11919 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11920 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11921 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11922 case TST_enum: 11923 case TST_struct: 11924 case TST_interface: 11925 case TST_union: 11926 case TST_class: { 11927 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11928 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11929 break; 11930 } 11931 11932 default: 11933 break; 11934 } 11935 11936 return NewTD; 11937 } 11938 11939 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11940 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11941 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11942 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11943 11944 if (T->isDependentType()) 11945 return false; 11946 11947 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11948 if (BT->isInteger()) 11949 return false; 11950 11951 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11952 return true; 11953 } 11954 11955 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11956 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11957 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11958 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11959 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11960 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11961 11962 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11963 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11964 << Prev->isScoped(); 11965 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11966 return true; 11967 } 11968 11969 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11970 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11971 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11972 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11973 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11974 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11975 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11976 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11977 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11978 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11979 return true; 11980 } 11981 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11982 ; 11983 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11984 ; 11985 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11986 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11987 << Prev->isFixed(); 11988 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11989 return true; 11990 } 11991 11992 return false; 11993 } 11994 11995 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11996 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11997 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11998 /// 11999 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12000 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12001 switch (Tag) { 12002 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12003 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12004 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12005 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12006 } 12007 } 12008 12009 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12010 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12011 /// 12012 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12013 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12014 { 12015 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12016 } 12017 12018 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12019 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12020 /// 12021 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12022 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12023 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12024 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12025 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12026 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12027 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12028 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12029 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12030 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12031 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12032 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12033 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12034 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12035 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12036 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12037 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12038 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12039 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12040 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12041 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12042 return true; 12043 12044 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12045 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12046 bool isTemplate = false; 12047 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12048 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12049 12050 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12051 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12052 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12053 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12054 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12055 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12056 return true; 12057 } 12058 12059 if (isDefinition) { 12060 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12061 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12062 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12063 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12064 return true; 12065 } 12066 12067 bool previousMismatch = false; 12068 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12069 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12070 if (!previousMismatch) { 12071 previousMismatch = true; 12072 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12073 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12074 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12075 } 12076 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12077 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12078 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12079 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12080 } 12081 } 12082 return true; 12083 } 12084 12085 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12086 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12087 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12088 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12089 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12090 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12091 return true; 12092 } 12093 12094 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12095 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12096 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12097 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12098 12099 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12100 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12101 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12102 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12103 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12104 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12105 } 12106 12107 return true; 12108 } 12109 return false; 12110 } 12111 12112 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12113 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12114 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12115 /// namespace N { 12116 /// struct X; 12117 /// namespace M { 12118 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12119 /// } 12120 /// } 12121 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12122 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12123 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12124 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12125 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12126 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12127 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12128 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12129 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12130 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12131 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12132 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12133 return FixItHint(); 12134 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12135 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12136 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12137 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12138 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12139 break; 12140 } 12141 12142 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12143 // build an NNS. 12144 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12145 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12146 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12147 OS << "::"; 12148 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12149 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12150 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12151 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12152 } 12153 12154 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12155 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12156 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12157 /// using-declaration). 12158 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12159 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12160 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12161 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12162 12163 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12164 return true; 12165 12166 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12167 // encloses the other). 12168 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12169 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12170 return true; 12171 12172 return false; 12173 } 12174 12175 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12176 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12177 /// nothing. 12178 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12179 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12180 DC = DC->getParent(); 12181 return DC; 12182 } 12183 12184 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12185 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12186 /// nothing. 12187 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12188 while (S->isClassScope() || 12189 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12190 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12191 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12192 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12193 S = S->getParent(); 12194 return S; 12195 } 12196 12197 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12198 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12199 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12200 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12201 /// 12202 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12203 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12204 /// 12205 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12206 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12207 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12208 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12209 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12210 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12211 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12212 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12213 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12214 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12215 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12216 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12217 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12218 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12219 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12220 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12221 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12222 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12223 12224 OwnedDecl = false; 12225 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12226 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12227 12228 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12229 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12230 bool Invalid = false; 12231 12232 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12233 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12234 // for non-C++ cases. 12235 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12236 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12237 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12238 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12239 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12240 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12241 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12242 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12243 return nullptr; 12244 } 12245 12246 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12247 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12248 // be a member of another template). 12249 12250 if (Invalid) 12251 return nullptr; 12252 12253 OwnedDecl = false; 12254 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12255 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12256 TemplateParams, AS, 12257 ModulePrivateLoc, 12258 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12259 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12260 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12261 SkipBody); 12262 return Result.get(); 12263 } else { 12264 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12265 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12266 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12267 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12268 } 12269 } 12270 } 12271 12272 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12273 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12274 // redeclaration. 12275 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12276 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12277 12278 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12279 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12280 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12281 // type, default to int. 12282 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12283 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12284 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12285 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12286 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12287 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12288 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12289 12290 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12291 // Recover by falling back to int. 12292 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12293 12294 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12295 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12296 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12297 12298 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12299 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12300 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12301 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12302 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12303 } 12304 } 12305 } 12306 12307 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12308 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12309 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12310 12311 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12312 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12313 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12314 12315 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12316 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12317 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12318 12319 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12320 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12321 Name = nullptr; 12322 goto CreateNewDecl; 12323 } 12324 12325 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12326 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12327 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12328 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12329 if (!DC) { 12330 IsDependent = true; 12331 return nullptr; 12332 } 12333 } else { 12334 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12335 if (!DC) { 12336 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12337 << SS.getRange(); 12338 return nullptr; 12339 } 12340 } 12341 12342 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12343 return nullptr; 12344 12345 SearchDC = DC; 12346 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12347 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12348 12349 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12350 return nullptr; 12351 12352 if (Previous.empty()) { 12353 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12354 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12355 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12356 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12357 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12358 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12359 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12360 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12361 IsDependent = true; 12362 return nullptr; 12363 } 12364 12365 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12367 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12368 Name = nullptr; 12369 Invalid = true; 12370 goto CreateNewDecl; 12371 } 12372 } else if (Name) { 12373 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12374 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12375 // name different from T: 12376 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12377 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12378 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12379 return nullptr; 12380 12381 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12382 // declaration or definition. 12383 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12384 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12385 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12386 LookupName(Previous, S); 12387 12388 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12389 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12390 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12391 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12392 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12393 while (F.hasNext()) { 12394 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12395 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12396 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12397 F.erase(); 12398 } 12399 F.done(); 12400 } 12401 12402 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12403 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12404 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12405 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12406 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12407 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12408 // 12409 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12410 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12411 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12412 // 12413 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12414 // semantic context? 12415 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12416 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12417 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12418 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12419 while (F.hasNext()) { 12420 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12421 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12422 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12423 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12424 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12425 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12426 else 12427 F.erase(); 12428 } 12429 } 12430 F.done(); 12431 12432 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12433 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12434 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12435 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12436 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12437 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12438 } 12439 } 12440 12441 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12442 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12443 return nullptr; 12444 12445 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12446 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12447 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12448 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12449 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12450 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12451 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12452 } 12453 } 12454 12455 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12456 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12457 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12458 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12459 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12460 Previous.clear(); 12461 } 12462 12463 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12464 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12465 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12466 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12467 12468 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12469 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12470 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12471 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12472 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12473 } 12474 } 12475 12476 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12477 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12478 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12479 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12480 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12481 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12482 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12483 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12484 12485 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12486 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12487 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12488 // 12489 // class-key identifier 12490 // 12491 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12492 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12493 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12494 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12495 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12496 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12497 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12498 // declaration. 12499 // 12500 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12501 // C structs and unions. 12502 // 12503 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12504 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12505 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12506 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12507 // 12508 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12509 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12510 // 12511 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12512 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12513 // lexical context, 12514 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12515 12516 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12517 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12518 } else { 12519 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12520 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12521 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12522 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12523 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12524 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12525 } 12526 12527 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12528 // diagnose some problems. 12529 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12530 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12531 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12532 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12533 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12534 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12535 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12536 } else { 12537 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12538 LookupName(Previous, S); 12539 } 12540 } 12541 12542 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12543 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12544 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12545 12546 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12547 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12548 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12549 12550 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12551 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12552 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12553 // in C++. 12554 // 12555 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12556 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12557 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12558 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12560 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12561 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12562 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12563 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12564 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12565 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12566 PrevDecl = Tag; 12567 Previous.clear(); 12568 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12569 Previous.resolveKind(); 12570 } 12571 } 12572 } 12573 } 12574 12575 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12576 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12577 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12578 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12579 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12580 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12581 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12582 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12583 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12584 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12585 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12586 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12587 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12588 << 0; 12589 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12590 Previous.clear(); 12591 goto CreateNewDecl; 12592 } 12593 } 12594 12595 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12596 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12597 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12598 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12599 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12600 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12601 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12602 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12603 // struct or something similar. 12604 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12605 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12606 Name)) { 12607 bool SafeToContinue 12608 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12609 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12610 if (SafeToContinue) 12611 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12612 << Name 12613 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12614 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12615 else 12616 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12617 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12618 12619 if (SafeToContinue) 12620 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12621 else { 12622 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12623 Name = nullptr; 12624 Previous.clear(); 12625 Invalid = true; 12626 } 12627 } 12628 12629 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12630 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12631 12632 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12633 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12634 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12635 if (ScopedEnum) 12636 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12637 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12638 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12639 return PrevTagDecl; 12640 } 12641 12642 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12643 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12644 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12645 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12646 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12647 12648 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12649 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12650 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12651 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12652 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12653 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12654 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12655 } 12656 12657 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12658 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12659 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12660 // and then later defined. 12661 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12662 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12663 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12664 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12665 } 12666 12667 if (!Invalid) { 12668 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12669 // we have attributes. 12670 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12671 if (Attr) { 12672 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12673 // declaration to hold them. 12674 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12675 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12676 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12677 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12678 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12679 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12680 SS.isEmpty()) { 12681 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12682 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12683 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12684 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12685 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12686 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12687 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12688 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12689 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12690 return PrevTagDecl; 12691 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12692 // that scope. 12693 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12694 } else { 12695 return PrevTagDecl; 12696 } 12697 } 12698 12699 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12700 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12701 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12702 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12703 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12704 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12705 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12706 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12707 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12708 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12709 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12710 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12711 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12712 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12713 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12714 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12715 } 12716 12717 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12718 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12719 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12720 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12721 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12722 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12723 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12724 // use it in place of this one. 12725 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12726 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12727 return Def; 12728 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12729 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12730 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12731 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12732 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12733 else 12734 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12735 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12736 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12737 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12738 // references get the previous definition. 12739 Name = nullptr; 12740 Previous.clear(); 12741 Invalid = true; 12742 } 12743 } else { 12744 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12745 // about a nested redefinition. 12746 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12747 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12748 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12749 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12750 diag::note_previous_definition); 12751 Name = nullptr; 12752 Previous.clear(); 12753 Invalid = true; 12754 } 12755 } 12756 12757 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12758 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12759 } 12760 12761 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12762 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12763 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12764 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12765 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12766 AS = AS_none; 12767 } 12768 } 12769 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12770 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12771 12772 } else { 12773 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12774 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12775 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12776 // have distinct types. 12777 Previous.clear(); 12778 } 12779 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12780 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12781 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12782 12783 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12784 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12785 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12786 } else { 12787 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12788 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12789 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12790 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12791 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12792 unsigned Kind = 0; 12793 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12794 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12795 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12796 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12797 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12798 Invalid = true; 12799 12800 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12801 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12802 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12803 // do nothing 12804 12805 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12806 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12807 unsigned Kind = 0; 12808 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12809 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12810 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12811 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12812 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12813 Invalid = true; 12814 12815 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12816 // case here. 12817 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12818 unsigned Kind = 0; 12819 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12820 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12821 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12822 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12823 Invalid = true; 12824 12825 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12826 } else { 12827 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12828 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12829 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12830 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12831 Name = nullptr; 12832 Invalid = true; 12833 } 12834 12835 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12836 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12837 Previous.clear(); 12838 } 12839 } 12840 12841 CreateNewDecl: 12842 12843 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12844 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12845 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12846 12847 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12848 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12849 // keyword. 12850 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12851 12852 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12853 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12854 // PrevDecl. 12855 TagDecl *New; 12856 12857 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12858 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12859 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12860 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12861 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12862 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12863 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12864 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12865 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12866 TagDecl *Def; 12867 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12868 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12869 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12870 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12871 } 12872 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12873 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12874 << New; 12875 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12876 } else { 12877 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12878 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12879 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12880 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12881 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12882 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12883 12884 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12885 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12886 // the declaration context. 12887 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12888 IsForwardReference = true; 12889 } 12890 } 12891 12892 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12893 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12894 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12895 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12896 else 12897 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12898 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12899 } 12900 } else { 12901 // struct/union/class 12902 12903 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12904 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12906 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12907 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12908 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12909 12910 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12911 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12912 } else 12913 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12914 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12915 } 12916 12917 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12918 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12919 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12920 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12921 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12922 Invalid = true; 12923 } 12924 12925 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12926 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12927 if (SS.isSet()) { 12928 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12929 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12930 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12931 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12932 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12933 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12934 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12935 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12936 Invalid = true; 12937 12938 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12939 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12940 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12941 } 12942 } 12943 else 12944 Invalid = true; 12945 } 12946 12947 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12948 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12949 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12950 // 12951 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12952 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12953 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12954 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12955 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12956 // parsing of the struct). 12957 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12958 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12959 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12960 } 12961 } 12962 12963 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12964 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12965 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12966 << 2 12967 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12968 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12969 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12970 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12971 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12972 New->setModulePrivate(); 12973 } 12974 12975 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12976 // check the specialization. 12977 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12978 Invalid = true; 12979 12980 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12981 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12982 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12983 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12984 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12985 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12986 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12987 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12988 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12989 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12990 << Name; 12991 Invalid = true; 12992 } 12993 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12994 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12995 } 12996 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12997 } 12998 12999 if (Invalid) 13000 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13001 13002 if (Attr) 13003 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13004 13005 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13006 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13007 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13008 13009 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13010 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13011 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13012 // the tag name visible. 13013 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13014 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13015 13016 // Set the access specifier. 13017 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13018 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13019 13020 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13021 New->startDefinition(); 13022 13023 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13024 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13025 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13026 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13027 if (PrevDecl) 13028 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13029 13030 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13031 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13032 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13033 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13034 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13035 } else if (Name) { 13036 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13037 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13038 if (IsForwardReference) 13039 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13040 } else { 13041 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13042 } 13043 13044 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13045 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13046 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13047 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13048 II->isStr("FILE")) 13049 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13050 13051 if (PrevDecl) 13052 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13053 13054 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13055 // record. 13056 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13057 13058 OwnedDecl = true; 13059 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13060 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13061 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13062 } 13063 13064 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13065 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13066 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13067 13068 // Enter the tag context. 13069 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13070 13071 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13072 13073 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13074 // record. 13075 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13076 } 13077 13078 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13079 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13080 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13081 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13082 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13083 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13084 CurContext = OCD; 13085 return IDecl; 13086 } 13087 13088 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13089 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13090 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13091 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13092 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13093 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13094 13095 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13096 13097 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13098 return; 13099 13100 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13101 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13102 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13103 13104 // C++ [class]p2: 13105 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13106 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13107 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13108 // as if it were a public member name. 13109 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13110 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13111 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13112 Record->getIdentifier(), 13113 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13114 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13115 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13116 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13117 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13118 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13119 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13120 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13121 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13122 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13123 } 13124 13125 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13126 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 13127 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13128 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13129 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 13130 13131 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13132 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13133 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13134 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13135 RD->completeDefinition(); 13136 } 13137 13138 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13139 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13140 13141 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13142 PopDeclContext(); 13143 13144 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13145 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13146 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13147 13148 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13149 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13150 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13151 } 13152 13153 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13154 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13155 PopDeclContext(); 13156 } 13157 13158 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13159 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13160 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13161 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13162 } 13163 13164 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13165 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13166 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13167 } 13168 13169 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13170 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13171 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13172 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13173 13174 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13175 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13176 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13177 RD->completeDefinition(); 13178 } 13179 13180 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13181 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13182 // the FieldCollector. 13183 13184 PopDeclContext(); 13185 } 13186 13187 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13188 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13189 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13190 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13191 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13192 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13193 if (ZeroWidth) 13194 *ZeroWidth = true; 13195 13196 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13197 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13198 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13199 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13200 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13201 return ExprError(); 13202 if (FieldName) 13203 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13204 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13205 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13206 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13207 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13208 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13209 return ExprError(); 13210 13211 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13212 // it now. 13213 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13214 return BitWidth; 13215 13216 llvm::APSInt Value; 13217 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13218 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13219 return ICE; 13220 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13221 13222 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13223 *ZeroWidth = false; 13224 13225 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13226 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13227 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13228 13229 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13230 if (FieldName) 13231 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13232 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13233 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13234 << Value.toString(10); 13235 } 13236 13237 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13238 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13239 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13240 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13241 13242 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13243 // ABI. 13244 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13245 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13246 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13247 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13248 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13249 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13250 unsigned DiagWidth = 13251 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13252 if (FieldName) 13253 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13254 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13255 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13256 13257 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13258 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13259 << DiagWidth; 13260 } 13261 13262 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13263 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13264 // 'bool'. 13265 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13266 if (FieldName) 13267 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13268 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13269 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13270 else 13271 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13272 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13273 } 13274 } 13275 13276 return BitWidth; 13277 } 13278 13279 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13280 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13281 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13282 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13283 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13284 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13285 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13286 return Res; 13287 } 13288 13289 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13290 /// 13291 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13292 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13293 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13294 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13295 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13296 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13297 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13298 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13299 13300 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13301 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13303 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13304 13305 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13306 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13307 D.setInvalidType(); 13308 T = Context.IntTy; 13309 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13310 } 13311 } 13312 13313 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13314 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13316 D.setInvalidType(); 13317 } 13318 13319 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13320 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13321 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13322 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13324 D.setInvalidType(); 13325 } 13326 13327 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13328 13329 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13330 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13331 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13332 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13333 13334 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13335 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13336 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13337 LookupName(Previous, S); 13338 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13339 case LookupResult::Found: 13340 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13341 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13342 break; 13343 13344 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13345 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13346 break; 13347 13348 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13349 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13350 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13351 break; 13352 } 13353 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13354 13355 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13356 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13357 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13358 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13359 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13360 } 13361 13362 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13363 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13364 13365 bool Mutable 13366 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13367 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13368 FieldDecl *NewFD 13369 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13370 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13371 13372 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13373 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13374 13375 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13376 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13377 13378 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13379 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13380 // with the same name in the same scope. 13381 } else if (II) { 13382 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13383 } else 13384 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13385 13386 return NewFD; 13387 } 13388 13389 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13390 /// 13391 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13392 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13393 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13394 /// created. 13395 /// 13396 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13397 /// 13398 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13399 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13400 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13401 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13402 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13403 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13404 SourceLocation TSSL, 13405 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13406 Declarator *D) { 13407 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13408 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13409 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13410 13411 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13412 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13413 if (T.isNull()) { 13414 InvalidDecl = true; 13415 T = Context.IntTy; 13416 } 13417 13418 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13419 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13420 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13421 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13422 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13423 InvalidDecl = true; 13424 } else { 13425 NamedDecl *Def; 13426 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13427 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13428 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13429 InvalidDecl = true; 13430 } 13431 } 13432 } 13433 13434 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13435 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13436 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13437 InvalidDecl = true; 13438 } 13439 13440 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13441 // than a variably modified type. 13442 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13443 bool SizeIsNegative; 13444 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13445 13446 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13447 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13448 SizeIsNegative, 13449 Oversized); 13450 if (FixedTInfo) { 13451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13452 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13453 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13454 } else { 13455 if (SizeIsNegative) 13456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13457 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13459 << Oversized.toString(10); 13460 else 13461 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13462 InvalidDecl = true; 13463 } 13464 } 13465 13466 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13467 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13468 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13469 AbstractFieldType)) 13470 InvalidDecl = true; 13471 13472 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13473 if (InvalidDecl) 13474 BitWidth = nullptr; 13475 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13476 if (BitWidth) { 13477 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13478 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13479 if (!BitWidth) { 13480 InvalidDecl = true; 13481 BitWidth = nullptr; 13482 ZeroWidth = false; 13483 } 13484 } 13485 13486 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13487 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13488 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13489 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13490 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13491 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13492 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13493 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13494 13495 if (DiagID) { 13496 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13497 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13498 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13499 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13500 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13501 Mutable = false; 13502 InvalidDecl = true; 13503 } 13504 } 13505 } 13506 13507 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13508 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13509 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13510 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13511 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13512 13513 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13514 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13515 if (InvalidDecl) 13516 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13517 13518 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13519 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13520 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13522 } 13523 13524 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13525 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13526 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13527 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13528 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13529 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13530 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13531 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13532 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13533 // objects. 13534 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13535 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13536 } 13537 } 13538 13539 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13540 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13541 // enabled. 13542 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13543 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13544 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13545 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13546 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13547 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13548 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13549 } 13550 } 13551 } 13552 13553 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13554 // representation, not a parser representation. 13555 if (D) { 13556 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13557 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13558 13559 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13560 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13561 } 13562 13563 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13564 // retainable type. 13565 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13566 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13567 13568 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13569 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13570 13571 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13572 return NewFD; 13573 } 13574 13575 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13576 assert(FD); 13577 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13578 13579 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13580 return false; 13581 13582 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13583 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13584 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13585 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13586 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13587 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13588 // copy constructors. 13589 13590 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13591 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13592 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13593 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13594 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13595 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13596 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13597 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13598 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13599 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13600 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13601 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13602 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13603 member = CXXDestructor; 13604 13605 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13606 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13607 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13608 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13609 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13610 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13611 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13612 // members unavailable. 13613 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13614 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13615 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13616 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13617 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13618 return false; 13619 } 13620 } 13621 13622 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13623 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13624 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13625 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13626 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13627 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13628 } 13629 } 13630 } 13631 13632 return false; 13633 } 13634 13635 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13636 /// AST enum value. 13637 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13638 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13639 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13640 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13641 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13642 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13643 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13644 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13645 } 13646 } 13647 13648 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13649 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13650 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13651 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13652 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13653 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13654 13655 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13656 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13657 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13658 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13659 13660 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13661 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13662 13663 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13664 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13665 13666 if (BitWidth) { 13667 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13668 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13669 if (!BitWidth) 13670 D.setInvalidType(); 13671 } else { 13672 // Not a bitfield. 13673 13674 // validate II. 13675 13676 } 13677 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13678 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13679 D.setInvalidType(); 13680 } 13681 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13682 // than a variably modified type. 13683 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13684 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13685 D.setInvalidType(); 13686 } 13687 13688 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13689 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13690 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13691 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13692 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13693 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13694 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13695 return nullptr; 13696 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13697 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13698 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13699 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13700 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13701 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13702 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13703 } 13704 else 13705 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13706 } else { 13707 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13708 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13709 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13711 return nullptr; 13712 } 13713 } 13714 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13715 } 13716 13717 // Construct the decl. 13718 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13719 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13720 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13721 13722 if (II) { 13723 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13724 ForRedeclaration); 13725 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13726 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13728 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13729 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13730 } 13731 } 13732 13733 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13734 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13735 13736 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13737 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13738 13739 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13740 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13741 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13742 13743 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13744 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13745 13746 if (II) { 13747 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13748 // these to the interface. 13749 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13750 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13751 } 13752 13753 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13754 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13755 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13756 13757 return NewID; 13758 } 13759 13760 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13761 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13762 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13763 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13764 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13765 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13766 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13767 return; 13768 13769 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13770 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13771 13772 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13773 return; 13774 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13775 if (!ID) { 13776 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13777 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13778 return; 13779 } 13780 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13781 else 13782 return; 13783 } 13784 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13785 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13786 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13787 13788 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13789 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13790 Context.CharTy, 13791 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13792 DeclLoc), 13793 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13794 true); 13795 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13796 } 13797 13798 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13799 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13800 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13801 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13802 13803 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13804 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13805 // it will now change. 13806 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13807 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13808 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13809 default: break; 13810 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13811 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13812 break; 13813 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13814 Context. 13815 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13816 break; 13817 } 13818 } 13819 13820 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13821 13822 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13823 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13824 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13825 if (Record) { 13826 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13827 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13828 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13829 ++NumNamedMembers; 13830 } 13831 } 13832 13833 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13834 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13835 13836 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13837 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13838 i != end; ++i) { 13839 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13840 13841 // Get the type for the field. 13842 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13843 13844 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13845 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13846 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13847 } 13848 13849 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13850 // diagnostics about it. 13851 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13852 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13853 continue; 13854 } 13855 13856 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13857 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13858 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13859 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13860 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13861 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13862 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13863 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13864 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13865 // array. 13866 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13867 // Field declared as a function. 13868 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13869 << FD->getDeclName(); 13870 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13871 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13872 continue; 13873 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13874 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13875 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13876 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13877 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13878 // Flexible array member. 13879 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13880 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13881 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13882 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13883 if (Record->isUnion()) 13884 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13885 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13886 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13887 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13888 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13889 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13890 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13891 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13892 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13893 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13894 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13895 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13896 : 0; 13897 13898 if (DiagID) 13899 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13900 << Record->getTagKind(); 13901 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13902 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13903 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13904 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13905 // of the type. 13906 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13907 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13908 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13909 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13910 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13912 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13913 13914 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13915 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13916 // 13917 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13918 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13919 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13920 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13921 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13922 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13923 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13924 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13925 continue; 13926 } 13927 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13928 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13929 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13930 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13931 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13932 // Incomplete type 13933 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13934 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13935 continue; 13936 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13937 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13938 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13939 // flexible array member. 13940 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13941 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13942 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13943 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13944 // structures. 13945 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13947 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13948 else { 13949 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13950 // other structs as an extension. 13951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13952 << FD->getDeclName(); 13953 } 13954 } 13955 } 13956 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13957 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13958 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13959 AbstractIvarType)) { 13960 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13961 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13962 } 13963 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13964 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13965 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13966 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13967 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13968 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13969 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13970 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13971 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13972 FD->setType(T); 13973 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13974 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13975 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13976 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13977 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13978 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13979 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13980 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13981 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13982 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13983 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13984 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13985 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13986 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13987 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13988 } 13989 } else { 13990 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13991 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13992 } 13993 ARCErrReported = true; 13994 } 13995 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13996 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13997 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13998 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13999 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14000 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14001 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14002 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14003 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14004 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14005 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14006 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14007 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14008 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14009 } 14010 } 14011 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14012 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14013 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14014 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14015 ++NumNamedMembers; 14016 } 14017 14018 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14019 if (Record) { 14020 bool Completed = false; 14021 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14022 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14023 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14024 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14025 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14026 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14027 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14028 } 14029 14030 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14031 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14032 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14034 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14035 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14036 } 14037 14038 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14039 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14040 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14041 14042 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14043 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14044 // problem now. 14045 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14046 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14047 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14048 14049 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14050 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14051 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14052 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14053 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14054 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14055 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14056 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14057 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14058 continue; 14059 14060 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14061 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14062 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14063 // program is ill-formed. 14064 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14065 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14066 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14067 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14068 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14069 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14070 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14071 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14072 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14073 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14074 14075 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14076 } 14077 } 14078 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14079 Completed = true; 14080 } 14081 } 14082 } 14083 } 14084 14085 if (!Completed) 14086 Record->completeDefinition(); 14087 14088 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14089 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14090 14091 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14092 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14093 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14094 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14095 } 14096 14097 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14098 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14099 // compatibility problems. 14100 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14101 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14102 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14103 } else { 14104 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14105 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14106 CheckForZeroSize = 14107 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14108 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14109 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14110 } 14111 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14112 bool ZeroSize = true; 14113 bool IsEmpty = true; 14114 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14115 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14116 E = Record->field_end(); 14117 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14118 IsEmpty = false; 14119 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14120 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14121 ZeroSize = false; 14122 } else { 14123 ++NonBitFields; 14124 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14125 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14126 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14127 ZeroSize = false; 14128 } 14129 } 14130 14131 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14132 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14133 // extern "C" block. 14134 if (ZeroSize) { 14135 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14136 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14137 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14138 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14139 } 14140 14141 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14142 // but are accepted by GCC. 14143 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14144 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14145 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14146 << Record->isUnion(); 14147 } 14148 } 14149 } else { 14150 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14151 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14152 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14153 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14154 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14155 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14156 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14157 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14158 } 14159 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14160 // duplicates. 14161 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14162 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14163 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14164 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14165 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14166 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14167 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14168 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14169 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14170 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14171 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14172 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14173 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14174 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14175 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14176 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14177 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14178 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14179 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14180 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14181 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14182 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14183 if (IDecl) { 14184 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14185 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14186 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14187 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14188 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14189 continue; 14190 } 14191 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14192 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14193 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14194 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14195 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14196 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14197 continue; 14198 } 14199 } 14200 } 14201 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14202 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14203 } 14204 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14205 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14206 } 14207 } 14208 14209 if (Attr) 14210 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14211 } 14212 14213 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14214 /// the given type T. 14215 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14216 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14217 QualType T) { 14218 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14219 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14220 14221 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14222 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14223 --BitWidth; 14224 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14225 } 14226 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14227 } 14228 14229 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14230 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14231 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14232 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14233 // enum checking below. 14234 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14235 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14236 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14237 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14238 }; 14239 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14240 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14241 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14242 }; 14243 14244 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14245 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14246 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14247 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14248 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14249 return Types[I]; 14250 14251 return QualType(); 14252 } 14253 14254 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14255 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14256 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14257 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14258 Expr *Val) { 14259 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14260 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14261 QualType EltTy; 14262 14263 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14264 Val = nullptr; 14265 14266 if (Val) 14267 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14268 14269 if (Val) { 14270 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14271 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14272 else { 14273 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14275 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14276 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14277 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14278 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14279 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14280 ExprResult Converted = 14281 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14282 CCEK_Enumerator); 14283 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14284 Val = nullptr; 14285 else 14286 Val = Converted.get(); 14287 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14288 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14289 &EnumVal).get())) { 14290 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14291 } else { 14292 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14293 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14294 14295 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14296 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14297 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14298 // expression checking. 14299 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14300 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14301 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14302 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14303 } else 14304 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14305 } else 14306 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14307 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14308 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14309 .get(); 14310 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14311 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14312 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14313 // is the type of its initializing value: 14314 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14315 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14316 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14317 } else { 14318 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14319 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14320 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14321 // representable as an int. 14322 14323 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14324 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14326 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14327 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14328 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14329 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14330 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14331 } 14332 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14333 } 14334 } 14335 } 14336 } 14337 14338 if (!Val) { 14339 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14340 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14341 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14342 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14343 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14344 // is the type of its initializing value: 14345 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14346 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14347 // 14348 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14349 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14350 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14351 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14352 } 14353 else { 14354 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14355 } 14356 } else { 14357 // Assign the last value + 1. 14358 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14359 ++EnumVal; 14360 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14361 14362 // Check for overflow on increment. 14363 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14364 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14365 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14366 // is the type of its initializing value: 14367 // 14368 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14369 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14370 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14371 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14372 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14373 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14374 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14375 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14376 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14377 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14378 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14379 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14380 ++EnumVal; 14381 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14382 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14383 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14384 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14385 << EltTy; 14386 else 14387 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14388 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14389 } else { 14390 EltTy = T; 14391 } 14392 14393 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14394 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14395 // value, then increment. 14396 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14397 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14398 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14399 ++EnumVal; 14400 14401 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14402 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14403 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14404 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14405 // integral type. 14406 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14407 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14408 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14409 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14410 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14411 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14412 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14413 } 14414 } 14415 } 14416 14417 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14418 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14419 // enumerator's type. 14420 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14421 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14422 } 14423 14424 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14425 Val, EnumVal); 14426 } 14427 14428 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14429 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14430 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14431 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14432 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14433 14434 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14435 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14436 // skip the body. 14437 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14438 ForRedeclaration); 14439 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14440 if (!PrevECD) 14441 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14442 14443 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14444 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14445 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14446 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14447 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14448 return Skip; 14449 } 14450 14451 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14452 } 14453 14454 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14455 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14456 AttributeList *Attr, 14457 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14458 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14459 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14460 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14461 14462 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14463 // we find one that is. 14464 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14465 14466 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14467 // scope. 14468 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14469 ForRedeclaration); 14470 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14471 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14472 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14473 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14474 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14475 } 14476 14477 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14478 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14479 // different from T: 14480 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14481 // enumerated type 14482 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14483 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14484 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14485 14486 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14487 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14488 if (!New) 14489 return nullptr; 14490 14491 if (PrevDecl) { 14492 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14493 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14494 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14495 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14496 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14497 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14498 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14499 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14500 else 14501 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14502 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14503 return nullptr; 14504 } 14505 } 14506 14507 // Process attributes. 14508 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14509 14510 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14511 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14512 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14513 14514 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14515 14516 return New; 14517 } 14518 14519 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14520 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14521 // Element2 = Element1 14522 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14523 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14524 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14525 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14526 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14527 if (!InitExpr) 14528 return true; 14529 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14530 14531 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14532 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14533 return true; 14534 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14535 if (!IL) 14536 return true; 14537 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14538 return true; 14539 14540 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14541 } 14542 14543 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14544 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14545 if (!DRE) 14546 return true; 14547 14548 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14549 if (!EnumConstant) 14550 return true; 14551 14552 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14553 Enum) 14554 return true; 14555 14556 return false; 14557 } 14558 14559 namespace { 14560 struct DupKey { 14561 int64_t val; 14562 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14563 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14564 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14565 }; 14566 14567 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14568 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14569 false); 14570 } 14571 14572 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14573 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14574 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14575 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14576 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14577 } 14578 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14579 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14580 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14581 } 14582 }; 14583 } // end anonymous namespace 14584 14585 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14586 // a previous element has already been set to. 14587 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14588 EnumDecl *Enum, 14589 QualType EnumType) { 14590 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14591 return; 14592 // Avoid anonymous enums 14593 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14594 return; 14595 14596 // Only check for small enums. 14597 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14598 return; 14599 14600 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14601 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14602 14603 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14604 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14605 ValueToVectorMap; 14606 14607 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14608 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14609 14610 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14611 // an initialier. 14612 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14613 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14614 14615 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14616 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14617 if (!ECD) { 14618 return; 14619 } 14620 14621 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14622 continue; 14623 14624 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14625 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14626 14627 // First time encountering this value. 14628 if (Entry.isNull()) 14629 Entry = ECD; 14630 } 14631 14632 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14633 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14634 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14635 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14636 continue; 14637 14638 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14639 14640 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14641 if (Entry.isNull()) 14642 continue; 14643 14644 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14645 // Ensure constants are different. 14646 if (D == ECD) 14647 continue; 14648 14649 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14650 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14651 Vec->push_back(D); 14652 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14653 14654 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14655 Entry = Vec; 14656 14657 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14658 // diagnostics. 14659 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14660 continue; 14661 } 14662 14663 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14664 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14665 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14666 continue; 14667 14668 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14669 } 14670 14671 // Emit diagnostics. 14672 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14673 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14674 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14675 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14676 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14677 14678 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14679 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14680 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14681 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14682 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14683 ++I; 14684 14685 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14686 // the same value. 14687 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14688 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14689 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14690 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14691 delete Vec; 14692 } 14693 } 14694 14695 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14696 bool AllowMask) const { 14697 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14698 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14699 14700 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14701 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14702 14703 if (R.second) { 14704 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14705 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14706 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14707 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14708 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14709 } 14710 } 14711 14712 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14713 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14714 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14715 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14716 // 14717 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14718 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14719 // likely a logic error. 14720 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14721 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14722 } 14723 14724 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14725 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14726 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14727 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14728 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14729 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14730 14731 if (Attr) 14732 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14733 14734 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14735 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14736 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14737 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14738 if (!ECD) continue; 14739 14740 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14741 } 14742 14743 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14744 return; 14745 } 14746 14747 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14748 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14749 // emit a warning. 14750 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14751 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14752 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14753 14754 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14755 // reverse the list. 14756 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14757 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14758 14759 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14760 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14761 14762 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14763 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14764 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14765 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14766 14767 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14768 14769 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14770 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14771 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14772 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14773 else 14774 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14775 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14776 14777 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14778 if (AllElementsInt) 14779 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14780 } 14781 14782 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14783 QualType BestType; 14784 unsigned BestWidth; 14785 14786 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14787 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14788 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14789 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14790 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14791 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14792 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14793 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14794 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14795 QualType BestPromotionType; 14796 14797 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14798 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14799 // enum definitions. 14800 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14801 Packed = true; 14802 14803 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14804 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14805 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14806 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14807 else 14808 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14809 14810 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14811 } 14812 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14813 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14814 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14815 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14816 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14817 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14818 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14819 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14820 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14821 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14822 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14823 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14824 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14825 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14826 } else { 14827 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14828 14829 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14830 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14831 } else { 14832 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14833 14834 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14835 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14836 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14837 } 14838 } 14839 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14840 } else { 14841 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14842 // all of the enumerator values. 14843 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14844 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14845 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14846 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14847 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14848 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14849 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14850 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14851 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14852 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14853 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14854 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14855 BestPromotionType 14856 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14857 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14858 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14859 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14860 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14861 BestPromotionType 14862 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14863 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14864 } else { 14865 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14866 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14867 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14868 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14869 BestPromotionType 14870 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14871 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14872 } 14873 } 14874 14875 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14876 // the type of the enum if needed. 14877 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14878 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14879 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14880 14881 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14882 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14883 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14884 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14885 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14886 14887 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14888 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14889 14890 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14891 // the enum decl type. 14892 QualType NewTy; 14893 unsigned NewWidth; 14894 bool NewSign; 14895 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14896 !Enum->isFixed() && 14897 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14898 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14899 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14900 NewSign = true; 14901 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14902 // Already the right type! 14903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14904 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14905 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14906 // enumeration. 14907 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14908 continue; 14909 } else { 14910 NewTy = BestType; 14911 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14912 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14913 } 14914 14915 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14916 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14917 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14918 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14919 14920 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14921 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14922 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14923 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14924 CK_IntegralCast, 14925 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14926 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14927 VK_RValue)); 14928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14929 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14930 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14931 // enumeration. 14932 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14933 else 14934 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14935 } 14936 14937 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14938 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14939 14940 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14941 14942 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14943 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14944 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14945 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14946 14947 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14948 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14949 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14950 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14951 << ECD << Enum; 14952 } 14953 } 14954 14955 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14956 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14957 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14958 } 14959 14960 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14961 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14962 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14963 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14964 14965 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14966 AsmString, StartLoc, 14967 EndLoc); 14968 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14969 return New; 14970 } 14971 14972 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14973 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14974 bool FromInclude = false) { 14975 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14976 14977 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14978 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14979 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14980 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14981 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14982 break; 14983 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14984 break; 14985 } 14986 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14987 } 14988 14989 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14990 DC = DC->getParent(); 14991 14992 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14993 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14994 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14995 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14996 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14997 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14998 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14999 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15000 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15001 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15002 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15003 } 15004 } 15005 15006 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15007 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15008 } 15009 15010 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 15011 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15012 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15013 Module *Mod = 15014 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15015 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15016 if (!Mod) 15017 return true; 15018 15019 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15020 15021 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15022 15023 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15024 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15025 // silently ignoring the import. 15026 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 15027 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 15028 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15029 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15030 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15031 15032 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15033 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15034 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15035 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15036 // We need the length to be consistent. 15037 if (!ModCheck) 15038 break; 15039 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15040 15041 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15042 } 15043 15044 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 15045 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 15046 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 15047 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15048 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 15049 return Import; 15050 } 15051 15052 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15053 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15054 15055 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15056 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15057 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15058 // 15059 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15060 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15061 TUKind == TU_Module && 15062 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15063 15064 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 15065 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 15066 bool ShouldAddImport = 15067 !IsInModuleIncludes && 15068 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 15069 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 15070 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 15071 15072 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15073 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15074 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15075 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15076 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15077 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15078 DirectiveLoc); 15079 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15080 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15081 } 15082 15083 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15084 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15085 } 15086 15087 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15088 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15089 15090 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15091 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 15092 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15093 } 15094 15095 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15096 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15097 15098 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15099 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 15100 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 15101 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15102 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15103 // is now out of date. 15104 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15105 } 15106 } 15107 15108 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15109 Module *Mod) { 15110 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15111 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15112 return; 15113 15114 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15115 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15116 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15117 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15118 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15119 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15120 15121 // Make the module visible. 15122 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15123 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15124 } 15125 15126 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15127 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15128 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15129 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15130 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15131 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15132 LookupOrdinaryName); 15133 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15134 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15135 15136 // If a declaration that: 15137 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15138 // 2) has external linkage 15139 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15140 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15141 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15142 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15143 else 15144 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15145 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15146 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15147 } else 15148 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15149 } 15150 15151 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15152 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15153 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15154 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15155 15156 if (PrevDecl) { 15157 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15158 } else { 15159 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15160 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15161 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15162 } 15163 } 15164 15165 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15166 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15167 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15168 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15169 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15170 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15171 LookupOrdinaryName); 15172 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15173 15174 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15175 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15176 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15177 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15178 } else { 15179 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15180 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15181 } 15182 } 15183 15184 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15185 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15186 } 15187 15188 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15189 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15190 if (!D) 15191 return AR_Available; 15192 15193 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15194 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15195 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15196 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15197 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15198 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15199 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15200 if (R != AR_Available) 15201 return R; 15202 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15203 } 15204 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15205 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15206 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15207 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15208 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15209 } 15210 // Recover from user error. 15211 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15212 } 15213